, RY gt ~~ > ie al MeN ae eee win @ 


et ee ew eee pcleciodentieliat it i a 


SPM a we we 


Z Pe ee ee ee een 
Oe cme em ames 


he Fentet  pe e 
> » TOR Oe Oe te ier one 
Se eo ae Hee es ae” . a ae ee were 

i i ed 


eee 
ee eee oe ei we ee we 
Se ee 


ne ee 
pdt teed ett 
re ed Ne ee 


ee eee we es 
‘ Se weet 
DM Ene pete Pk we ee oe 5 
ee ee 


WOT el eee er we wie ate 
ee ee 


i 
ne : 


Fe eee et ee 


$0 a wee ae we win EM we wre erm 
Saver pi ee eee co 


Se ee eee nt ee ete SL 
MO wee eV eeae elles ote tn wile 


a eine etapa 
SNe e ns end 
See ee ee 
ne een ea 


ee ae 


Te ee a Sine Oe a ew eee 


ee ee ae eet mentor 


Oe ot ee te 


Fae ish meals 
a ne re ie ae aeons 


; _ = Setbete ee a te 
prtlitinalhietheehe tee i  n oe ee 


[Ste ar net ee ee 


Piet am ee! iam ee gy San 
He Soe ee 


ce hak tp Nel ily ne 





Y GF PRI 
ee NCEIDS 
MAR 27 1994 






£04 ota, > 





poe, 


BX5955' Ab 1925 
Episcopal Church. 
Constitution and canons 
for the government 


bee 
id 


. 


7 eae 
sip 


7 ed 
- + 
ee 


=e 










Wa 
Ti w, 
i 
‘ bes 
7 
ry 4 
» 
ti 
i 








+o) 
ni Nel 
j 
wi 6 se 
oy Da 
Wir j 
ite f 
Vie 7 ve 
pat a 
fi “ay © 
ui? Pt og 
li ¥ 
Taney 
a | 
; y : 
iO Peg Lee 





ab 


eR aes 


~ se 4“ 
Sr a: 
Rae Somer 


sit 


sane AS 
pane Nps iaks 


“ 


SOS Rigen 
Vea Segue 


hate 
engi at 

eV apt 
Aa sien gree lS AS 


5 oy are he BRAS, Sart: Wx She [ Bay ees ere ri} f . ; er . 

: SEPSIS see an as = x FIA, = y * goale st? * Ae teh alate more 
Me , - b> y von = < . : a = < es one 

ap prea = x ch} 4 oy : Tag haar eric taba on aed ¥ ; ne ; — : en 

= od mo - ae a whe 08 Ss 7 srt Loe - S ; 


s: : ~ Foe 53 jeer 





i 











] 
ae, 
ie ' eigie : a es is Y rr 
7 ry \ ( an: 


, .) " a Fi : at i . 
A a “7 Y a } i ie Ti, ‘ Aa WO, New ‘ 
‘ ri ae PL LD ee at 2 & ee 

Ay a iy Pie wee 


) x) | ae ‘ 7 
; ’ 4 
‘ ons 1 ee ee | Se yh ee ee mis ey 3 
rd ‘ . j 1 ae . Jd ean ? Ny ‘ ete y " 
Pe eden HU hatactbe natin Tica PUA CAE Se eh 
A ‘ e, ; , ic AY ' Lee dt ‘ i z ‘ey ee, iihiohe as Me 
He" On “ Peery oe) ac! Meg ee in we Ae 
le ee ANN: ere BO NeretT sitet aii Cuan ae 
pave. ‘ ‘ : ee Pia get rt ae Verge Dy ee ty aya 
aN Nd ally " ge Arve TE See 
‘ oa uy et ie Pe a or aS % : ol a 
4 A ‘4 ‘ eh ey ¥ of a ae Wnts a 
i} PR oie che Pu PALM a Sauce i 
f Pen Ue nan Uta 







7 
. Me Parad Oey ‘ ~ My, 
i i 

>» 1, 42 ee. . 1. \ 7ht 3) ie an . ry 
' ‘vou ; ‘ c ’ ‘ a ' . HN ; 
i} ‘ 1 sf 3 ‘ Wes ee: | ‘ 

SISA EA ed AE at desis 

> : ‘ te whe i? Didby aae oo Caeeyls oe te 
ae <2 res ihe i4?s a! a _ 
Nhe 











val 
v Ss 
fe sk 
tat rv Lad 
per A | te | ACY ; het . 
, iN 2 eu ins | t 4 A) ee J Ls lat ¥ vo yet 
\ oe ¥ 1 ur de ae ; ‘ wee Ler aly : : 
P ¥ nat ey mS ? Wee ‘iy ut ‘ fe © ¥ t : en j Cor Dee Bg A, ¥ a i fh . ic a , 
: — i ‘ ’ } 1¥ \ 7 a a 5 q 
ae As : iat t ae ih -" mo | 1 Pay foe oe 4 iy) il $9 14 qs J él 7 Pr) es ae 
' hg a mia | j a 1 hy SS f are a! * Flay hh le ue > re Ths ‘aon aD, ‘~ te : 
Ae . 1: as 5 ‘ a = o > < 
Uys hae La Wn ae PP) Pm 78 ean ‘ier ay i fy eee eh Ly ty 
7 Ca ae - ' yal ¢ : : we 
iar, eval Ali f hy ! ry yey f f 5h ; ‘ F Vel 
Ind yk reewl 1 ’ ry j ure eS : Fr ay » a - ' i 
WS ee ea 5 ee: hake Wea Sup? ; bh é 
i" oeeakoe : ss 2 aan! “an ic * 
3) ‘ i i Ae ae ik Se ee we, 
ae ‘ i f wai aye % 
; oy a i ‘+ j 4 * P Cede j- Ne 2 y *, ea 
? ys ’ \ his, +f. pe ; 4 ee : Pht " ; <in ‘1 A * Pas by Laie 
. aa) Ye de Hla: fee ONAL A ae . PE She AE ast 
7b WOR ey 7 ' ‘tA } 
aa i hee) Ua Oe 


Pe 


a 


Ss 





ot 





= 


————s on 


; py shat yf 
“es. iy 4 


In compliance with current 
copyright law, LBS Archival 
Products produced this 
replacement volume on paper 
that meets the ANS] Standard 
Z39.48-1984 to replace the 
irreparably deteriorated 
original. 


1993 


@” 










st yo =~. SF ~ 
3 
s 
a 
A 





as ; i i . \ r 
vt aon fs - 
’ i i y ¢ 
Ai) hea 1 , i 
Aix \\ "+4 4) oo : 
‘ ; Boe 
‘ . 
° rink - 
‘4 , ' wa 
() \ y ‘lus } + } 
! ~ : i = 
i “ ‘ bn 
> Bx 2 
\- Aas 
* a] 
A ae.! ] ‘ ¥ | } 
mh PY, Crete fic . 
3 a 1a! 
ican j 
’ hes i oe ot 
“4 ie ‘ 
La , ae, i 
bey * ey », 4 
v ied ; a 
he Ps j Ve *a, j { 1 
: Pe al 4 i 
Ribs ie ie ae Pea - ii im, ; HN 
ds aca aE a ; d 
™ bd dita nes ; \ ‘ ah i \ 
rr. wei ide . Ee f be AP; any ' n 
no i fetal oar ee Mee at TA ; 
‘er hi % a wD el ' i ( 
ets sree J Ay i . | ’ 
Nah eee e Pane d é ' \ 
y Acar rae him : ate [ats A ' : pa 
‘i © hoary : i 
% ae A a ecm \ 7 7 nd nL 
Thats pha Tee 
ee al ae AL: rn Tor: 
eee Sass ea hi EA ee 
ae he @ ; 
, = : ony ey ; ; ; 

* ae 41 ” 7A Z r sf | 4 14 we ¢ i = 
oe ap a ‘ ' Lie 
; . pA weer a F y hs 

+ = bh 4 nie {y 
Cals sed } : I M Ce ok 
=i Le td a) | 7 >] ay Ai é 
a led ae 
Ta 
‘Pate 
vos 
KYLE 
AS a) 
bis 
pasty 
5 UAtet 
ve) 
fa a 
ed 
| 
i" 
¢ 4 
te 







AD 
ew bag 4 


atts he é 






Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2022 with funding trom 
Princeton Theological Seminary Library 


https://archive.org/details/constitutioncano00epis 10 





Constitution 


and 


Canons 


FOR THE GOVERNMENT OF THE 





| Js r 
<Jtotestant Episcopal Church 
Gnited States of America 


ADOPTED IN GENERAL CONVENTIONS 


1789 - 1925 


PRINTED FOR THE CONVENTION 


1925 





ORR Se he 








THE ABBOTT PRESS, NEW YORK 








Constitution 
ADOPTED IN GENERAL CONVENTION, 


IN PHILADELPHIA, OCTOBER, 1789, 


AS AMENDED IN SUBSEQUENT GENERAL CONVENTIONS. 


ARTICLE I. 


SEcTION 1. There shall be a General Convention General. 

| of this Church, consisting of the House of Bishops Siem 
and the House of Deputies, which Houses shall sit 

and deliberate separately; and in all deliberations 

freedom of debate shall be allowed. Either House 

may originate and propose legislation, and all acts 

of the Convention shall be adopted and be authen- 

ticated by both Houses. 


Sec. 2. Every Bishop of this Church having Barats 
jurisdiction, every Bishop Coadjutor, and every ; 
Bishop who by reason of advanced age or bodily 
infirmity, or, who under an election to an office 
created by the General Convention has resigned his 
jurisdiction, shall have a seat and a vote in the House 
of Bishops. A majority of all Bishops entitled to 
vote, exclusive of Foreign Missionary Bishops and of 
Bishops who have resigned their jurisdictions, shall 
be necessary to constitute a quorum for the trans- | 
action of business. 


Quorum. 





Sec. 3. Upon the expiration of the term of office Fiection of 
of the Presiding Bishop, the General Convention Bishop. 
shall elect the Presiding Bishop of the Church. The 
House of Bishops shall choose one of the Bishops 
having jurisdiction within the United States to be 
the Presiding Bishop of the Church by a vote of a 


majority of all the Bishops entitled to vote in the 











| 


| 





Term and 
Tenure of 
Office. 


Succession 
in case of 
death or 
disability. 


House of 
Deputies. 


CONS Tel, Cer ING 


House of Bishops, such choice. to be subject to 
confirmation by the House of Deputies. His term 
and tenure of office and duties shall be prescribed by 
the Canons of the General Convention. 


But if the Presiding Bishop of the Church shall 
resign his offce as such, or if he shall resign his 
episcopal jurisdiction, or if by reason of infirmity he 
shall become disabled, or in case of his death, the 
senior Bishop of this Church in the order of con- 
secration, having jurisdiction within the United 
States, shall thereupon become the Presiding Bishop 
of the Church until an election of Presiding Bishop 
be held by the General Convention. 


Sec. 4. The Church in each Diocese which has 
been admitted to union with the General Convention 
shall be entitled to representation in the House of 
Deputies by not more than four Presbyters, canoni- 
cally resident in the Diocese, and not more than four 
Laymen, communicants of this Church, having 
domicile in the Diocese; but the General Convention 
by Canon may reduce the representation to not 
fewer than two Deputies in each Order. Each 
Diocese shall prescribe the manner in which its 
Deputies shall be chosen. 

The Church in each Missionary District within 
the boundaries of the United States of America, 
which shall have been established in accordance with 
the Constitution and Canons for the government of 
this Church, shall also be entitled to representation 
in the House of Deputies by not more than one 
Presbyter, canonically resident in the Missionary Dis- 
trict, and not more than one Layman, communicant 
of this Church, having domicile in the Missionary 
District. Each Missionary District shall prescribe 
the manner in which its Deputies shall be chosen. 
Deputies from such Missionary Districts, except as 








CONST TOTAON: 


"bs Ball ella 4 Pha ep Zc ARRON Ris eR ae alee gat 0 ae aR eS Reece 

, | 

otherwise provided in the Constitution, shall be | 
subject to all of the qualifications and with all of 


the rights of Deputies from Dioceses. 


To constitute a quorum for the transaction of busi- Quorum. 
ness, the Clerical order shall be represented by at 
least one Deputy in each of a majority of the 
Dioceses entitled to representation, and the Lay order 
shall likewise be represented by at least one Deputy 
-_ in each of a majority of the Dioceses entitled to 
representation. 


On any question the vote of a majority of the When. 
= . Majority vote 

Deputies present shall suffice, unless otherwise - shall suffice. 
ordered by this Constitution, or, in cases not specifi- 
cally provided for by the Constitution, by Canons 
requiring more than a majority, or unless the Cleri- 
cal or the Lay representation from any Diocese 
require that the vote be taken by orders. In all  Voteby 
cases of a vote by orders, the two orders shall 
vote separately, each Diocese having one vote in the 
Clerical order and one in the Lay order, and each 
Missionary District within the boundaries of the 
United States of America having a one-fourth vote | 
in the Clerical order and a one-fourth vote in the | 
Lay order; and the concurrence of the votes of the 
two orders, by not less than a majority of whole 
votes in each order of all the Dioceses and Mis- 
sionary Districts within the boundaries of the United 
States of America represented in that order at the 
time of the vote, shall be necessary to constitute a 
vote of the House. 





Sec. 5. In either House any number less than a Adjournment. 
| quorum may adjourn from day to day. Neither 
| House, without the consent of the other, shall ad- 
_ journ for more than three days, or to any place 
other than that in which the Convention shall be | 
sitting. | 


a 





CON SAL OS O Ns | 





Ta Nadas Sec. 6. One Clerical and one Lay Deputy chosen 
ReaneLy by each Missionary District of the Church established 
by the House of Bishops, beyond the territory of the 
United States of America, and one Clerical and one 
Lay Deputy chosen by the Convocation of the Ameri- 
can Churches in Europe, shall have seats in the 
House of Deputies, subject to all the qualifications 
and with all the rights of Deputies, except the right 


to vote when the vote shall be taken by orders. 


Time and Sec. 7. The General Convention shall meet in 
ace oO . 
meeting. every third year on the Wednesday after the first 


Sunday in October, unless a different day be ap- 
pointed by the preceding Convention, and at the 
place designated by such Convention; but if there 
shall appear to the Presiding Bishop of the Church 
sufficient cause for changing the place so appointed, 
he may appoint another place for such meeting. 
Special meetings may be provided for by Canon. 





ARTICLE II. 


Spnei SECTION 1. In every Diocese the Bishop or the 
Bishop Coadjutor shall be chosen agreeably to rules 
prescribed by the Convention of that Diocese. Pro- 
vided, however, that when a Diocese shall be formed 
out of a Missionary District, the Missionary Bishop 
in charge of said District shall become the Bishop 
of said Diocese, if he shall so elect. Missionary 
Bishops shall be chosen in accordance with the 
Canons of the General Convention. 


Required age. Sec. 2. No one shall be ordained and consecrated 
Bishop until he shall be thirty years of age; nor. 
ae without the consent of a majority of the Standing 
onsent to : , " y 2 
election. Committees of all the Dioceses, and the consent of 
a majority of the Bishops of this Church exercising 
jurisdiction within the United States. “But if the 


election shall have taken place within three months 

















CON SUSLT. OSTAL OWN i. 


next before the meeting of the General Convention, 
the consent of the House of Deputies shall be re- 
quired in place of that of a majority of the Standing 
Committees. No one shall be ordained and con- 
secrated Bishop by fewer than three Bishops. 


Sec. 3. A Bishop shall confine the exercise of his 
office to his own Diocese or Missionary District, un- 
less he shall have been requested to perform epis- 
copal acts in another Diocese or Missionary District 
by the Ecclesiastical Authority thereof, or unless he 
shall have been authorized and appointed by the 
House of Bishops, or by the Presiding Bishop by its 
direction, to act temporarily in case of need within 
any territory not yet organized into Dioceses or Mis- 
sionary Districts of this Church. 


Sec. 4. It shall be lawful for a Diocese, with 
consent of the Bishop of that Diocese, to elect one 
or more Suffragan Bishops, without right of succes- 
sion, and with seat and without vote in the House 
of Bishops. A Suffragan Bishop shall be consecrated 
and hold office under such conditions and limitations 
other than those provided in this Article as may be 
provided by Canons of the General Convention. He 
shall be eligible as Bishop or Bishop Coadjutor of 
a Diocese, or as a Suffragan in another Diocese, or 
he may be elected by the House of Bishops as a 
Missionary Bishop. 

Sec. 5. It shall be lawful for a Diocese to pre- 
scribe by the Constitution and Canons of such Dio- 
cese that upon the death of the Bishop a Suffragan 
Bishop of that Diocese may be placed in charge of 
such Diocese and become temporarily the Ecclesias- 
tical Authority thereof until such time as a new 
Bishop shall be chosen and consecrated; or that 
during the disability or absence of the Bishop a 
Suffragan Bishop of that Diocese may be placed in 


Consecration. 


Jurisdiction 
of Bishops. 


Suffragan 
Bishops. 


May become 
Ecclesiastical 
Authority. 














COWS WT 12 Ota W:. 


Bishops 
consecrated 
for foreign 
| lands. 


Standing 
Committee. 





Resignation. 


charge of such Diocese and become temporarily the 
Ecclesiastical Authority thereof. 


Sec. 6. A Bishop may not resign his jurisdiction 
without the consent of the House of Bishops. 


ARTICLE III. 


Bishops may be consecrated for foreign lands upon 
due application therefrom, with the approbation of 
a majority of the Bishops of this Church entitled to 
vote in the House of Bishops, certified to the Pre- 
siding Bishop; under such conditions as may be 
prescribed by Canons of the General Convention. 
Bishops so consecrated shall not be eligible to the 
office of Diocesan or of Bishop Coadjutor of any 
Diocese in the United States or be entitled to vote 
in the House of Bishops, nor shall they perform any 
act of the episcopal office in any Diocese or Mission- 
ary District of this Church, unless requested so to 
do by the Ecclesiastical Authority thereof. If a 
Bishop so consecrated shall be subsequently duly 
elected as a Missionary Bishop of this Church he 
shall then enjoy all the rights and privileges given 
in the Canons to Missionary Bishops. 


ARTICLE IV. 


In every Diocese a Standing Committee shall be 
appointed by the Convention thereof. When there 
is a Bishop in charge of the Diocese, the Standing 
Committee shall be his Council of Advice. If there 
be no Bishop or Bishop Coadjutor or Suffragan 
Bishop canonically authorized to act, the Standing 
Committee shall be the Ecclesiastical Authority of 
the Diocese for all purposes declared by the General 
Convention. The rights and duties of the Standing 
Committee, except as provided in the Constitution 


| 





COON, SPT TOOT AON’ 











and Canons of the. General Convention, may be 
prescribed by the Canons of the respective Dioceses. 
J 


ARTICLE V. 


SECTION 1. A new Diocese may be formed, with 
the consent of the General Convention and undcr 
such conditions as the General Convention shail 
prescribe by general Canon or Canons, (1) by the 
erection into a Diocese of the whole or of any part 
of one or more Missionary Districts; (2) by the 
division of an existing Diocese; (3) by the junction 
of two or more Dioceses or of parts of two or more 
Dioceses; or (4) by the junction of the whole or 
part of a Missionary District with a Diocese, or with 
any part of one or more Dioceses. The proceedings 
shall originate in a Convocation of the Clergy and 
Laity of the Missionary District called by the 
Bishop for that purpose; or, with the approval of 
the Bishop, in the Convention of the Diocese to be 
divided; or (when it is proposed to form a new 
Diocese by the junction of two or more Dioceses or 
of parts of two or more Dioceses), by mutual agree- 
ment of the Conventions of the Dioceses concerned, 
with the approval of the Bishop or the Ecclesiastical 
Authority of each Diocese. In case the Episcopate 
of a Diocese be vacant, no proceedings toward its 
division shall be taken until the vacancy is filled. 
During a vacancy in a Missionary District, the con- 
sent of the Presiding Bishop must be had before 
proceedings to erect it into a Diocese are taken. 
When it shall appear to the satisfaction of the 
General Convention, by a certified copy of the 
proceedings and other documents and papers laid 


_ before it, that all the conditions for the formation of 


the new Diocese have been complied with and that 
it has acceded to the Constitution and Canons of 


Admission of 
new Dioceses. 





‘ CONS PIT UDRLON*. 





this Church, such new Diocese shall thereupon be 
admitted to union with the General Convention. | 
: | 








PER Cine Sec. 2. In case one Diocese shall be divided into 
Hester two or more Dioceses, the Bishop of the Diocese 


divided may elect the one to which he will be 
attached, and he shall thereupon become the Bishop 
thereof; and the Bishop Coadjutor, if there be one, 
may elect the one to which he shall be attached, and 
(if it be not the one elected by the Bishop) he shall 
be the Bishop thereof. 


Sec. 3. In case a Diocese shall be formed out of | 
parts of two or more Dioceses, each of the Bishops | 
and Bishops Coadjutor of the several Dioceses out | 
of which the new Diocese has been formed shall be 
entitled, in order of seniority of consecration, to the 
choice between his own Diocese and the new 
Diocese so formed. In case the new Diaiocese shall 
| not be so chosen, it shall have the right to choose 
its own Bishop. 

Constitution Sec. 4. Whenever a new Diocese is formed and 

and Canons of tes 2 ; ‘ 

new Dioceses. | erected out of an existing Diocese, it shall be subject 
to the Constitution and Canons of the Diocese out 
of which it was formed, execpt as local circum- 
stances may prevent, until the same be altered in 
accordance with such Constitution and Canons by 
the Convention of the new Diocese. Whenever a 
Diocese is formed out of two or more existing 
Dioceses, it shall be subject to the Constitution and 
Canons of that one of the said existing Dioceses to 
which the greater number of clergymen shall have be- | 
longed prior to the erection of such new Diocese, 
except as local circumstances may prevent, until the 
same be altered in accordance with such Constitu- 
tion and Canons by the Convention of the new 


Diocese. 
| 10 











CONSTITUTION: 
ett. a 


Sec. 5. A Diocese formed out of a Missionary 
District shall be subject to the Constitution and | 
Canons to which such Missionary District was sub- 
ject, until the same be altered in accordance with 
such Constitution and Canons by the Convention of 
the new Diocese. 


Sec. 6. No new Diocese shall be formed which f}imiol | 
shall contain fewer than six Parishes, or fewer than "4 Parishes. 
six Presbyters who have been for at least one year 
canonically resident within the bounds of such new 
Diocese, regularly settled in a Parish or Congrega- 
tion and qualified to vote for a Bishop. Nor shall 
such new Diocese be formed if thereby any existing | 
Diocese shall be so reduced as to contain fewer than : 
twelve Parishes and twelve Presbyters who have 
been residing therein and settled and qualified as 
above provided. 








Sec. 7. The consent of the General Convention near aie 
to the erection of a new Diocese shall not be given  Episcopate. 
until it has satisfactory assurance of a suitable pro- 


vision for the support of the Episcopate. 


ARTICLE VI. 


Section 1. The House of Bishops may establish — Missionary | 
Missionary Districts in States and Territories or maybe 
parts thereof not organized into Dioceses. It may 
also from time to time change, increase, or diminish 
the territory included in such Missionary Districts 


in such manner as may be prescribed by Canon. 





Sec. 2. The General Convention may accept a_ Cession of 
cession of the territorial jurisdiction of a part of a di panuaney 
Diocese when such cession shall have been proposed 
by the Bishop and the Convention of such Diocese, 
and consent thereto shall have been given by three- 
fourths of the Parishes in the ceded territory, and 








CODD DT UMOWS 








Retrocession 
of such | 
jurisdiction. 


Organization 
of Missionary 
Districts. 


Provinces. 


Requisites for 
ordination. 


Declaration. 





also by the same ratio of the Parishes within the 
remaining territory. 

Any territorial jurisdiction or any part of the 
same, which may have been accepted from a Diocese 
by the General Convention under the foregoing 
provision, may be retroceded to the said Diocese by 
such joint action of all the several parties as is 
herein required for its cession: Provided, that such 
action of the General Convention, whether of cession 
or retrocession, shall be by a vote of two-thirds of 
all the Bishops present and voting and by a vote of 
two-thirds of the House of Deputies voting by 
Orders. 

Sec. 3. Missionary Districts shall be organized 
as may be prescribed by Canon of the General Con- 
vention. 

ARTICLE VII. 

Dioceses and Missionary Districts may be united 
into Provinces in such manner, under such condi- 
tions, and with such powers, as shall be provided by 
Canon of the General Convention; Provided, how- 
ever, that no Diocese shall be included in a Province 
without its own consent. 


ARTICLE VIII. 

No person shall be ordered Priest: or Deacon to 
minister in this Church until he shall have been 
examined by the Bishop and two Priests and shall 
have exhibited such testimonials and other requisites 
as the Canons in that case provided may direct. No 
person shall be ordained and consecrated Bishop, or 
ordered Priest or Deacon to minister in this Church, 
unless at the time, in the presence of the ordaining 
Bishop or Bishops, he shall subscribe and make the 
following declaration: 

“T do believe the Holy Scriptures of the Old and 
New Testaments to be the Word of God, and to 











COMIN SET TaN BON, 











contain all things necessary to salvation; and I do 
solemnly engage to conform to the Doctrine, Disci- 
pline, and Worship of the Protestant Episcopal 
Church in the United States of America.” 


If any Bishop ordains a Priest or Deacon to minis- 
ter elsewhere than in this Church, he shall do so only 
in accordance with such provisions as shall be set 
forth in the Canons. 


No person ordained by a foreign Bishop, or by a 
Bishop not in communion with this Church, shall be 
permitted to officiate as a Minister of this Church 
until he shall have complied with the Canon or 
Canons in that case provided and also shall have 
subscribed the aforesaid declaration. 


ARTICLE IX 


The General Convention may, by Canon, establish 
a Court for the trial of Bishops, which shall be 
composed of Bishops only. 


Presbyters and Deacons canonically resident in a 
Diocese shall be tried by a Court instituted by the 
Convention thereof; Presbyters and Deacons canoni- 
cally resident in a Missionary District shall be tried 
according to Canons adopted by the Bishop and Con- 
vocation thereof, with the approval of the House of 
Bishops; Provided, that the General Convention in 
each case may prescribe by Canon for a change of 
venue. 

The General Convention, in like manner, may 
establish or may provide for the establishment of 
Courts of Review of the determination of Diocesan 
or other trial Courts. 


The Court for the review of the determination of 
the trial Court, on the trial of a Bishop, shall be 
composed of Bishops only. 


Admission 
of foreign 
Clergy. 


Court of 
trial of 
Bishops. 


For trial of 
Presbyters 
and Deacons. 


Courts of 
Review. 


Composed of 
Bishops. 


13 








CONS TLT UCELOWN«.. 




















Court of 
Appeal. 


Bishop to 
pronounce 
sentence. 


Suspension. 


The Book of 
Common 
Prayer. 


Alterations or 
additions, 
how to be 
made. 


14 


The General Convention, in like manner, may 
establish an ultimate Court of Appeal, solely for 
the review of the determination of any Court of 


- Review on questions of Doctrine, Faith or Worship. 


None but a Bishop shall pronounce sentence of 
admonition, or of suspension, deposition, or degrada- 
tion from the Ministry, on any Bishop, Presbyter, 
or Deacon. 

A sentence of suspension shall specify on what 
terms or conditions and at what time the suspension 
shall cease. 


ARTICLE X. 


The Book of Common Prayer and Administration 
of the Sacraments and other Rites and Ceremonies 
of the Church, together with the Psalter or Psalms 
of David, the Form and Manner of Making, Ordain- 
ing, and Consecrating Bishops, Priests, and Deacons, 
the Form of Consecration of a Church or Chapel, 
the Office of Institution of Ministers, and Articles 
of Religion, as now established or hereafter amended 
by the authority of this Church, shall be in use in all 
the Dioceses and Missionary Districts of this Church. 
No alteration thereof or addition thereto shall be 
made unless the same shall be first proposed in one 
triennial meeting of the General Convention, and by 
a resolve thereof be sent within six months to the 
Secretary of the Convention of every Diocese, to be 
made known to the Diocesan Convention at its next 
meeting, and be adopted by the General Convention 
at its next succeeding triennial meeting by a majority 
of the whole number of Bishops entitled to vote in 
the House of Bishops, and by a majority of the 
Clerical and Lay Deputies of all the Dioceses en- 
titled to representation in the House of Deputies 
voting by Orders. Provided, however, that the Gen- 

















EN-DE X OF, CANONS? BY TITLES 


eral Convention at any meeting shall have power to 
amend the Table of Lessons and all Tables and 
Rubrics relating to the use of the Psalms by a 
majoritv of the whole number of Bishops entitled to 
vote in the House of Bishops, and by a majority of 
the Clerical and Lay Deputies of all the Dioceses 
entitled to representation in the House of Deputies 
voting by Orders. 


And Provided, further, that nothing in this Article 
shall be construed as restricting the authority of the 
Bishops of this Church to take such order as may be 
permitted by the Rubrics of the Book of Common 
Prayer or by the Canons of the General Convention 
for the use of special forms of worship. 


ARTICLE XI. 


No alteration or amendment of this Constitution 
shall be made unless the same shall be first proposed 
at one triennial meeting of the General Convention 
and by a resolve thereof be sent to the Secretary of 
the Convention of every Diocese, to be made known 
to the Diocesan Convention at its next meeting, and 
be adopted by the General Convention at its next 
succeeding triennial meeting by a majority of the 
whole number of Bishops entitled to vote in the House 
of Bishops, and by a majority of the Clerical and 
Lay Deputies of all the Dioceses entitled to repre- 
sentation in the House of Deputies voting by Orders. 


Jndex of Canons hy Title 


GANON “gl—OFf FPostulants) « L26%, Suea 4 cisssloitie sia So = 'e.ehtad ANS alte neues ereretee 
Doe} Candidates fOr aol ys Orders A. wists cietshaaa el. donee: hk sntaions 
3—Of General Provisions Concerning Candidates............-. 


How the 
Tables of 
Lessons may 
be amended. 


Special forms 
of worship. 


Alterations or 
amendments 
of this 
Constitution. 


mates sw we </ 


4—Of the Normal Standard of Learning and Examination of Candidates 


TOP Holy Urders.c feces tee ate es nes reese cae aa nie 


5—Of Examinations for Admission to Holy Orders in Special Cases...... 33 
6—-Of a_Boardo1 Examining ‘Chaplains. coca? sme cetsres «.-« 
7—Ote Ordinationstonthe eDiacorateki:s.c ee >... Geilole ne arate 
8—Or Ordination: todthes P riesthoodeyisee.> eee os bike et, tees 

















CANON 





16 


INDEX OPAGANOW Si By. TF TSOrE*. 


9—Of 
10—Of 


11—Of 
12—Of 


13—Of 
14—Of 
15—Of 
16—Of 
17—Of 
18—Of 
19—Of 
20—Of 
21—Of 
22—Of 
23—Of 


24—Of 
25—Of 
26—Of 
27—Of 
28—Of 
29—Of 
30—Of 
31—Of 
32—Of 
33—Of 
34—Of 
35—Of 


36—Of 
37—Of 
38—Of 


39—Of 


40—Of 
41—Of 
42—Of 
43—Of 
44—Of 
45—Of 
46—Of 
47—Of 
48—Of 
49—Of 
50—Of 
51—Of 
52—Of 
53—Of 
54—Of 
55—Of 
56—Of 
57—Of 
58—Of 
59—Of 
60—Of 
61—Of 
62—Of 
63—Of 


64—Of 
65—Of 


General Provisions. Respecting” Or Ginattone cis si tayaaietdenueeiess seer ereieiote 46 
Ministers Ordained in Foreign Countries by Bishops in Communion 
Within this Munch sets coatetstancutsrcue vices Wl ores Caen estate cree Sean eee Nee ae 48 
the Ordination of Deacons and Priests in Special Cases........... 50 
the Admission of Ministers Ordained by Bishops not in Communion 
With etnies! CHUGH arctan etenal cra cial ae Meee LY NaS hate are ahs Paras aie «ake Bees 52 
@tdination son, Consecrationso: Bishops oe. 44.5 .0ce ere. eee 54 
Mirssioriarys DISHOPS Wks chelsccte ete Gh s ghnarebe «.cterd betel oes aeoeahs: tye & alata mare aire 59 
Suftragan® Bishops. Pouss 9 ate. siete eee eo ited: oho. « ecto «het eke tne oe 62 
the Consecration orm bishops tort oretom  laandsS.'. wees sw.etcras oa eee 65 
the (Présiding EBishopreasc seen k s Po Seae b Bao le tottere cia, nee tomne ere 67 
Dutiesc Ort CBISHODS. ee eee acre cotta he ee cue ec aate Sliteic nicl cha aes ee ea AER 68 
Duticskome Missionary) bishopSiic. cs sjebin kk Dee Ome ee of sient 72 
the vhrllines Ole Vacants CUres sian ui on or siaire ae etetherenere bata eee ere re 74 
Ministersandii heir UD Gtiesskis oat lee ete. eae ero ee ae 75 
DD CACOMS ML oath steer Me ee ete ceaters eeetaco cee craud er siminy mare etausve sero Sa ace tery 80 
Persons not Ministers in this Church Officiating in any Congregation 
THOT COL Heber isata eras teeer costs ons Sehr A one a aeto rats rx ere Or oeiaraa Chen ta er ecsie eRer renee 81 
DEaGoneSSesyyenica se o% he Poms Meee SUR SE rae oe aero, « Rice Aho 82 
Relretous. Comm writties areca aeyelea ered cis ites Sew cence oie oars 85 
aay Readers \F45. SIDR SSs Abe Toke a, Wipe .n crete eth. scterche Cane.) Marner ey 87 
Amenability: and -sCitationScceie. © rennin ao eo case heel Sud cee 88 
Offences for which Bishops, Priests, or Deacons May be Tried..... 89 
the Court-tor: the Terialmof sa, Bishoptisnius )s tee ee eee 91 
thes Modevror -Eresetitie war DiSHODT LOL Diial wamercetete eter aie asilenerets 93 
the? Trial oifasbBishop.n wes eee oe ABs Siete. ope a atthe. CES Paden. ote, ee ee 97 
thenCourt TOnithey Review Olptoeel ral Lotma sbIShOp since cole ae 103 
Appeals to the Court for the Review of the Trial of a Bishop..... 106 
Courts of Review of the Trial of a Presbyter or Deacon.......... 108 
a Minister in any Diocese or Missionary District Chargeable with 
Offences in ANGE rigs ber ccia setae tie clo cic tet aad a ee 116 
Renunciation Jor the eM inistrya «See eee oe ee oe eee cee cae 118 


the Abandonment of the Communion of this Church by a Bishop..119 
the Abandonment of the Communion of this Church by a Dre byter 


OT DEACON weace Ride) vere ere Saree cates oo tae ee SIS eae eee 120 
a Minister Absenting Himself from his Diocese, or Abandoning the 

W.orksofethey Ministry sie. ee PE ae. Bae ea ee eee ee 121 
SOMPCN COS) evetas acter betic eyes tone tage le eced GUE 2 Le auc ae Ore ay. ote he a Loe 
the Remission or Modification of Judicial Sentences.............. 124 
the Dissolution of thesPastoraler elation sais o..4ch ae a ee eee 126 
thewsolemnizationvot “Matrimony .« stats tte + oe oe aca e asc ee ees 127 
Reculations Respecting: thes laity az... sacels takes eee eee eae 129 
iPranslatvionseor ches BilDlGet tee acct rete e cite eceteiehadedstche ic, ene meyetele cae ciate 130 
thesStandard#Book#otmGommonpPrayer tater. eee eee eee et. ee 130 
the -Authorization of _opectal Eormspot Services.nee noes eee 132 
thes Duet Gelebrationact SUndayVS...cnds-lskicceecetacee oe at tee oe 133 
the: Musictot.thesChurch Welt. ok eae eet ee ae 133 
the* Gonsecration7 ote GNurchtes ey Hie tiie pea cine: ateedinn oie ante une ee 134 
the General y;Convention >. caine eee ae Aa doe Ric ee eee eee ae 134 


the Mode of Securing an Accurate View of the State of this Church. 142 


Business viethodssin Church Atlarrswans < acuctectcten thant. eins cae. . 144 
BY OVINCES is essere eee cis ae eee: cet anions otek Vausisr Athena of cohatatsve bane c cueuhe 145 
Standing S Committees? Rosters te ess eae 6 ae eer ee. ome. oe 149 
New? DIGCEsSés ers... ce ote cre ied eect tanehe Cie inr stats Cue eas 150 
Parishes: and Congregations micas. ae +: mec cietae cape. ote rence ee ees ae 
ParishuVestries she + sects wee O57 oe eee es eee ee ce Ae 15.21 
the: ‘ChurchrePensvonieh undies tectonics there ae ee eine ee ee ce nl ee ae 158 
the Domestic and Foreign Missionary Society................ aro 161 
thée)'Presiding Bishop’ andthe National Councils 0.045 Geaeas ne cues 162 
Repealed@Canonsa: desta cnt at ee nace cere mates hate ciciee Maia) Soh te ators 169 
the Enactment, Amendment, and Repeal of Articles of the Consti- 
tution) and; Canons saya eens eee een ne Or eee ee FOR Aesth oe 169 
the: ‘Lime‘of New, Ganons«TPalkinemittlect. ose ee eee ci ae 170 
the Time ‘ot? TheseyGanons+Laking? Effect au. senses eee tee a tac 170 























CANON 1 





Canons 


AS AMENDED, ADOPTED, AND CODIFIED, 


IN GENERAL CONVENTION, 1904, 


AND SUBSEQUENTLY AMENDED 


CANON 1. 
.Of Postulants. 


§ I. [1.] Every person desiring to be admitted a 
Candidate for Holy Orders is, in the first instance, to 
consult his immediate Pastor, or, if he have none, 
some Presbyter to whom he is personally known, 
setting before him the grounds of his desire for 
admission to the Ministry, together with such cir- 
cumstances as may bear on his qualifications, or tend 
to affect his course of preparation. 


[u.] If, as the result of a thorough inquiry into 
the physical, mental, moral and spiritual qualifica- 
tions of the applicant, he is counselled by the afore- 
said Presbyter to persevere in his intentions, he shall 
make his desire known personally, if possible, or in 
writing, to the Bishop in whose jurisdiction he has 
been canonically resident for the three months pre- 
ceding. But with the written consent of the said 
Bishop, and on the recommendation of at least one 
Presbyter of the said jurisdiction who is acquainted 
with the applicant, the latter may at once apply to 
some other Bishop. He shall give to the Bishop the 
name of his Pastor, or, if he have none, of some 
other Presbyter in good standing, to whom he is 
personally known, from whom the Bishop may ascer- 
tain, either by personal conference, or by direct 


To consult 
with Pastor. 


To make his 
desire known 
to Bishop. 


a 











Examination 
required. 


Wi hat 2. 
information 
he must give. 


The Bishop 
to record 
application, 
with date, 
in a book. 


Removal 
of name. 


18 


GAIN‘ ON OTS 





report in writing, his qualifications, as stated above, 
for the work of the ministry. 

Before the admission of a Postulant the Bishop 
shall require the applicant to submit to a thorough 
examination by a physician appointed by the Bishop. 
This examination shall cover the man’s mental and 
nervous as well as his physical condition; and a 
record of the report thereon shali be kept on file by 
the Bishop, and shall be open to the inspection of the 
Standing Committee, or Council of Advice, when 
application is made for its recommendation of the 
man to be received as a Candidate: 


[ii1.] He shall state to the Bishop in writing: 


(a) His full name and age. 


(b) The length of time he has been resident in 
the Diocese or Missionary District. 


(c) When, and by whom, he was baptized. 
(d) When, and by whom, he was confirmed. 


(e) When, and where, he was admitted to the 
Holy Communion. 


(f{) Whether he has ever before applied for ad- 
mission as a Postulant or as a Candidate 
for Holy Orders. 


(zg) On what grounds he is moved to seek the 
Sacred Ministry. 


§ II. [i.] The Bishop, in a book to be kept for 
that purpose, shall enter the name of each applicant, 
with the fact of his approval or disapproval of the 
applicantpand »the*edate'vof “such “entry. 9" [fhe 
approve of the application, he shall inform the 
applicant of the fact, and of the date of his admission 
as Postulant. 


[1i.] Similar records shall be made and. informa- 
tion given of the removal of a name from the list of 











CANON 2. 


Postulants. Wuthout further reason, the Bishop may 
remove the name of a Postulant who fails to be 
admitted as a Candidate for Holy Orders within four 
years from the date of his reception as a Postulant. 


§ III. [i.] No Bishop shall accept as a Postulant 
any person who has been refused admission as a 
Postulant or as a Candidate for Holy Orders in any 
other Diocese or Missionary District, or who, hav- 
ing been admitted, has afterwards. ceased to be a 
Postulant or a Candidate, until he shall have pro- 
duced a certificate from the Ecclesiastical Authority 
of the Diocese or Missionary District in which he 
has been refused admission, or in which he has been 
a Postulant or a Candidate, declaring the cause of 
refusal or of cessation. 


[11.] Should the Bishop accept such applicant as 
a Postulant, he shall send the said certificate, or a 
copy thereof, to the Standing Committee of the 
Diocese, to be considered by them if the said Postu- 
lant should apply to be recommended for admission 
as a Candidate. 


§ IV. A Standing Committee, acting as the Ec- 
clesiastical Authority of a Diocese, shall be com- 
-petent to receive and act upon applications under 
this Canon from persons desiring to be received as 
Postulants. 


CANON 2. 
Of Candidates for Holy Orders. 


§ I. A Postulant, having been duly .received, may 
apply to the Standing Committee of the Diocese or the 
Council of Advice of the Missionary District, in 
which he is a Postulant, for recommendation to the 
Bishop to be admitted a Candidate for Holy Orders, 
and shall submit the following papers, viz. : 


Process if 
applicant has 
before been 
refused. 


The Bishop 
to send 
certificate to 
Standing 
Committee. 


Standing 
Committee, 
when acting 
as Ecclesias- 
tical Author- 
ity, to act for 
Bishop. 


Mode of 
application 
to Standing 
Committee. 


19 








CANON 2. 





If parish has 
no Minister, 
Certificate 
may be signed 
by some 
Presbyter. 





ee 





(a) An application signed by himself. 

(b) The Bishop’s certificate of his admission as 
a Postulant. 

(c) <A certificate in the following words: 


To the Standing Committee of 
Place, Date, 


We, whose names are hereunder written, testify to 
our belief (based on personal knowledge or on evi- 
dence satisfactory to us) that A. B. is sober, honest, 
and godly, and that he is a communicant of this 
Church in good standing. We do furthermore de- 
clare that, in our opinion, he possesses such qualifica- 
tions as fit him to be admitted a Candidate for Holy 


Orders. Gsibued) 


This certificate must be signed by the Minister of 
the Parish to which the Postulant belongs and by a 
majority of the whole Vestry, and must be attested 
by the Minister, or by the Clerk or Secretary of the 
Vestry, as follows, viz.: 


I hereby certify that the foregoing certificate was 
signed at a meeting of the Vestry of 

Parish, duly convened at ~ on the 

day of , and 

that the names attached are those of all (or a major- 
ity of all) the members of the Vestry. (Signed) 

The Minister of 
or Clerk or Secretary of Vestry. 


§ II. But should the Parish be without a Minis- 
ter, it shall suffice that in his place the certificate be 
signed by some Presbyter of the Diocese or Mission- 
ary District in good standing to whom the Postulant 
is personally- known, the reason for the substitution 
being stated in the attesting clause. 








CANON 2. 


§ III. [1.] Should there be no organized Parish 
at the place of residence of the Postulant, or should 
it be impracticable, through circumstances not affect- 
ing his moral or religious character, to obtain the 
signatures of the Minister and Vestry, or of the 
Vestry, it may suffice if the certificate be signed by 
at least— 

(a) One Presbyter of the ifiaoes or Missionary 
District in good standing to whom the Postulant is 
personally known; and, 

(b) Four Laymen, communicants of this Church 
in good standing, to whom the Postulant is personally 
known. 

[ii.] In such case, the reasons for departing from 
the regular form must be given in the attesting 
clause, which shall be signed by the same, or some 
other Presbyter of this Church in good standing, and 
shall be in the following words, viz.: 


I hereby certify that the Laymen whose names are 
attached to the foregoing certificate are communi- 
cants of this Church in good standing, and that this 
form of certificate was used for no reasons affecting 
the moral or religious character of the candidate, 
but because (here give the reasons for departing 
from the regular form). 

(Signed) 
Presbyter of the Diocese, or Missionary 
District of 


§ IV. [i.] Should the Postulant have been a 
Minister or Licentiate in some other body of Chris- 
tians, instead of the certificate required in § I., he 
shall submit a certificate in the following words: 

To the Standing Committee of 

Place, Date, 

We, whose names are hereunder written, testify to 
our belief (based on personal knowledge, or on evi- 





If there be 
no Parish, 
by whom 
certificate is 
to be signed. 


Reasons for 
this form of 
certificate to 
be stated. 


If Postulant 
has been a 
Minister of 
another Chris- 
tian body, who 
shall sign 
certificate. 


2) 


CANON 2. 





Signatures to 
be attested. 


| 
| 


Further 
certificate 
required. 





dence satisfactory to us) that A. B. is sober, honest, 
and godly. We do furthermore declare that in our 
opinion, he possesses such qualifications as fit him to 
be admitted a Candidate for Holy Orders. 


(Signed) 


This certificate may be signed by— 

(a) Eight adult male members in good standing 
of the denomination from which the applicant has 
come, or 

(b) Eight adult Laymen, members in good stand- 
ing of this Church, or 

(c) Eight adult male members in good standing, 
in part lay members of this Church and in part mem- 
bers of the denomination from which the applicant 
has come. 

(1i.] The genuineness of the signatures to such 
certificate and the good standing of the signers must 
be attested by some person or persons known to a 
member of the Standing Committee, or under the 
seal of a Notary Public, in the following words, viz.: 


I do hereby certify that the names attached to the 
foregoing certificate are genuine, and are those of 
persons in good standing, members of (as the case 
may be). (Signed) 


[iii.] He shall also lay before the Standing Com- 
mittee or the Council of Advice a certificate signed 
by two Presbyters of this Church known to the Com- 
mittee, in the following words, viz.: 


To the Standing Committee of 

Place, Date, 

We do hereby certify that we are personally ac- 
quainted with A. B.; that he has become a communi- 
cant of this Church, and that we believe him to be 
sober, honest. and godly. Furthermore wezare satis- 
fied after personal examination and due inquiry con- 














CANON 2. 


cerning him as to his former religious relations, that 
he accepts the Doctrine, Discipline, and Worship of 
this Church, and that his change of relations has not 
arisen from any circumstances unfavorable to his 
moral or Christian character, or on account of which 
it may not be expedient to admit him to the Ministry 
of this Church. (Signed ) 


§ V. [i.] The Postulant, before his admission as 
a Candidate for Holy Orders, must lay before the 
Bishop and the Board of Examining Chaplains 
satisfactory evidence that he is a graduate of some 
college or university, together with a full statement 
of the work done by him in such college or univer- 
sity. If this work include sufficient instruction in 
the subjects specified in clause [1i.] of this section 
and is otherwise deemed adequate and satisfactory, 
no further examination shall be required; but if not, 
the Postulant shall be remitted by the Bishop to the 
Board of Examining Chaplains for such examination 
as may be found necessary. 


[1i.] If the Postulant be not a graduate as afore- 
said, he shall be required to pass an examination in 
the following subjects: 


1. An elementary knowledge of the Bible in Eng- 


lish ; 
2. The Latin and Greek languages; 
3. English: 


(a) Language (including composition), 
(b) Literature; 
4. General History (with Historical Geography) 
and American History; 
Mathematics ; 
6. The elements of one of the Natura‘ Sciences, or 
a reading knowledge of a mode:n language 
other than English; and 


tn 


Postulant 
to satisfy 
Bishop he is 
a graduate 
in arts. 


If nota 
graduate, to 
be examined. 








Dispensation 
from Latin 
and Greek. 





Special _ 
dispensation. 





Dispensation 
for Postulants 
of other race 
and speech. 


GAIN IOW 82% 


7. One of the following: 
(a) The History of Philosophy, 
(b) Psychology, 
(c) Logic. 


The Postulant must also satisfy the Board of Ex- 
amining Chaplains that he possesses the intellectual 
ability to enter with advantage upon a course of 
study preparatory to Holy Orders. 


[111.] Should the Postulant be unable to meet the 
requirements in the Latin and Greek languages, or in 
either of them, he may make written application to 
the Bishop for a dispensation therefrom. The Bishop, 
on recommendation of the Board of Examining 
Chaplains, may, at his discretion, grant the same. 

{iv.] If the Postulant have attained the age of 
thirty-two years, and have shown such proficiency in 
business or professional life as gives promise of 
usefulness in the Ministry, the Bishop, on recom- 
mendation of the Board of Examining Chaplains, 
may, at his discretion, dispense him from examina- 
tion in all but the following subjects: 


1. An elementary knowledge of the Bible in Eng- 


lish ; | 
2. English: 
(a) Language (including composition), 
(b) Literature; Z 


3. History, General and American; and 
4. One of the following subjects: 

(a) Mathematics, 

(b) Logic, 

(c) Psychology, 

(d) One of the Natural Sciences. 


[v.] If the Postulant be of other race and speech, 
and is to exercise his Ministry among people of his 
race in the United States, the Bishop, on recom- 











CANON 2. | 


mendation of the Board of Examining. Chaplains, 
may, at his discretion, dispense him from all examina- 
tions except those specified in the clause immediately 
preceding this clause. But if the Postulant is to 
exercise his Ministry among people of his race in a 
foreign Missionary District, the Bishop may, at his 
discretion, dispense him from all such examinations ; 
Provided, only, that he shall satisfy the Bishop and 
the Board of Examining Chaplains that he possesses 
good mental ability and sufficient education to enable 
him to pursue a course of study preparatory to the 
work of the Ministry. 


1 ? j Dispensation. 
[vi,]*) dijthés Rostulantmhavemserved with ‘good,  ;7sysneation 


repute and success in the regular Ministry of some  {tomother 
other body of Christians for at least five years, and Bodies. 
shall lay before the Board of Examining Chaplains 
satisfactory evidence of a thorough theological train- 

ing in his previous communion, the Bishop, on recom- 
mendation of the Board, may, at his discretion, dis- 

pense him from the above examinations. But in all 

other cases such Minister shall conform to the re- | 
quirements of other Postulants. 


[vit.} Should a Postulant who has been examined Certificate 


5 ; required to 
in any of the above subjects afterwards apply for application 


admission as Postulant in any other Diocese or aiabno ae 
Missionary District, he shall lay before the Bishop 

of such Diocese or District a certificate from the 

Bishop who admitted him as Postulant, stating what | 
examinations for Candidateship he has taken and the | 
result of each. And if he has failed to pass in any | 
subject, he shall not be admitted to examination in 
that subject until at least six months after such 
failure. 





see a. : , Satisfactory 
[vii.] The Board of Examining Chaplains may, — Satistactor 


at their discretion, accept, in lieu of examination, lieuof . | 
° ; examinations. | 
satisfactory evidence that the Postulant has fulfilled 


| 25 


ET ec 
CANON 2. 


the requirements in any one or more of the subjects 
specified in this Canon. 


Report of § VI. The Board of Examining Chaplains shall 
Examining : ; te 
Chaplains. report to the Bishop in writing whether these exam- 


inations have been satisfactorily sustained, and the | 
Bishop shall transmit this report to the Standing | 
Committee or Council of Advice, with a statement . 

of any dispensations granted. 





Forma § VII. The Standing Committee, on receipt of 
rg es the report and the certificate or certificates as above 
Committee. prescribed, and having no reason to suppose the 


existence of any sufficient objection on grounds 
either physical, mental, moral, or spiritual, to the 
admission of the applicant, may, at a meeting duly 
convened (a majority of all the members consent- 
ing), recommend the Postulant for admission to 
Candidateship, by a testimonial bearing the signa- 
tures of a majority of all the members of the Com- 
mittee, and addressed to the Bishop, in the following 











words, viz.: 
To the Right Reverend Bishop of 

We, being a majority of all the members of the 
Standing Committee of | , and having been 
duly convened at Pa , do testify, that from 
personal knowledge or from certificates laid before us, 
we are well assured that A. B. is sober, honest, and 


godly; and that he is a communicant of this Church 
in good standing; and we do furthermore declare 
that, in our opinion, he possesses qualifications which 
fit him to be admitted a Candidate for Holy Orders. 
In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our 
hands, this day of in the year of our Lord 
(Signed) 





This testimonial shall be presented to the Bishop 
without delay. 





26 











CANON 3. 


§ VIII. When the aforesaid requirements have 
been complied with, the Bishop may admit the Postu- 
lant as a Candidate for Holy Orders.. He shall 
thereupon record his name, with the date of his 
admission, in a book to be kept for that purpose, and 
shall inform the Candidate and the Secretary of the 
Standing Committee of the fact and date of such 
admission. 


CANON 3. 


Of General Provisions Concerning Candidates for 
Holy Orders. 


§ I. [i.] The superintendence of all Candidates 
for Holy Orders, both as to their daily life. and as to 
the direction of their theological studies, pertains to 
the Bishop of the Diocese or Missionary District 
to which they belong. The Bishop may at his dis- 
cretion ask one or more of the Board of Examining 
Chaplains to assist him in this superintendence. 


[1i.] Every Candidate shall pursue his studies 
diligently under proper direction; he shall not indulge 
in vain or trifling conduct or in amusements un- 
favorable to godly and studious habits and to that 
good report which becomes a person preparing for 
the Holy Ministry. 


[ui.] When the Standing Committee of a Dio- 
cese is the Ecclesiastical Authority thereof, the 
Clerical members of the Committee shall, through the 
President, discharge the duties assigned in this 
Section to the Bishop. 


§ Il. [i.] A Candidate must remain in canonical 
connection with the Diocese or Missionary District 


If approved, 
the Bishop to 
recordina 
book. 


The Bishop to 
have superin- 
tendence of 
Candidates. 


Study and 
conduct of 
Candidates. 


When Clerical 
members of 
the Standing 
Committee 

to act. 


Candidate to 
remain in 
canonical 
connection 
with his own 
Diocese. 


27 











CANON 8. 








May have 
Letters 
Dimissory. 


Attending 
Theological 
Seminary not 
a reason for 
change of 
canonical 
residence. 


To report in 
each Ember 
Week. 


To present 
himself for 
examination 
within three 
years, 


Rejected 
Candidate 

to renew 
candidateship 
before 
ordination. 


Candidate not 
to serve as 
Deputy to 
General 
Convention. 


28 


in which he has been admitted, until his ordination, 
except as hereinafter otherwise provided. 


[ii.] For reasons satisfactory to the Ecclesiastical 
Authority, Letters Dimissory may be granted to a 
Candidate on his own request to any other Diocese 
or Missionary District. 


[iii.] Convenience of attending any Theological 
or other Seminary shall not be a sufficient reason for 
change of canonical residence. 


§ III. [i.] Every candidate for Holy Orders shall 
report himself to the Ecclesiastical Authority, per- 
sonally or by letter, four times a year, in the Ember 
Weeks, giving account of his manner of life and 
progress in his studies; and if he fail to make such 
report to the satisfaction of the Ecclesiastical Author- 
ity, his name may be stricken from the list of 
Candidates. 


[ii.] If a Candidate for Holy Orders shall fail to 
present himself for examination within three years 
from the date of his admission as a Candidate, his 
name may, after due notice, be stricken from the 
list of Candidates at the discretion of the Bishop. 


§ IV. A Candidate for Holy Orders, in any Dio- 
cese or Missionary District of this Church, or of any 
Church in communion. with this Church, whose name 
shall have been stricken from the list of Candidates, 
or whose application for ordination shall have been 
rejected, shall not be ordained without re-admission 
to candidateship, said candidateship to continue for 
not less than one whole year; Provided, that in no 
such case shall the whole term of candidateship be 
less than three years. 


§ V. A Candidate for Holy Orders shall not be a 
Deputy to the General Convention. 











Paik ee hie or att Wenn ta a ne eT ee ee ee 





CANON 4. 


Of the Normal Standard of Learning and Examination 


of Candidates for Holy Orders. 


§ I. [1.] Before ordination to the Priesthood, the 
Candidate must pass examinations before the Ex- 








amining Chaplains in the following subjects: 


es 


Holy Scripture: The Bible in English; the 
New Testament in Greek, together with a 
special knowledge of at least two Gospels and 
two Epistles; History of the Canon of Scrip- 
ture; Introduction to, and Contents of, the 
various Books; Biblical History, Exegesis ; 


Church History: From the beginning to the 
present time; together with special knowledge 
of a period elected by the Candidate; 


Christian Missions: Their history, extent and 
methods; 


Doctrine: Dogmatic Theology and the Evi- 
dences of the Christian Faith; 


Christian Ethics, and Moral Theology ; 
Liturgics: The Principles and History of 
Christian Worship; the Contents and use of 
the Book of Common Prayer; 

Ecclesiastical Polity and Canon Law, including 
the Constitution and Canons of the General 
Convention, and of the Diocese to which the 
Candidate belongs ; 

Ministration : 


(a) The Administration of the Sacraments; 
and Conduct of Public Worship, with 
the proper use of the voice therein; 

(b) Homiletics: Principles of Sermon Com- 
position and Delivery. In connection 


Subjects of 
Examination 
for Priest’s 
orders. 








CANON (4. 





with the examination in this subject the 
Candidate shall present three sermons, 
composed by himself, on texts of Holy 
Scripture appointed by the Bishop; 

(c) Pastoral Care; 

(d) Parish Organization and Administra- 
tion, including the keeping of accounts; 

(e) Principles and Methods of Religious 
Education in the Parish; 


Elective 9. He must also offer at least one of the follow- 
eRe eae ing Elective subjects: 


(a) Old Testament in Hebrew, 

(b) Biblical Theology, 

(c) History of Religions, 

(d) Sociology, 

(e) Psychology, 

(f) A modern language other than English, 
with the ability to minister therein, 





(g) Christian Archeology, 

(h) Christian Biography, 

(4) Church Music, 

(7) Advanced Exegesis of the Greek New 
Testament, 

(k) Work of a specialized and advanced 


character in any recognized field of 
study. 


The Board of Examining Chaplains may, in lieu 
of examination, accept satisfactory evidence of the 
fulfillment of the requirements in any of the above 
mentioned elective subjects. 


Ee hat [ii.] If a Candidate desires a dispensation from 
examination in the Greek of the New Testament, he 
shall make application to the Bishop in writing, stat- 





30 


a ee al te ll el ees tt ea 








CANON 4. 





ing his reasons for the request. The Bishop may, 
upon recommendation of the Board of Examining 
Chaplains, at his discretion, grant the same. A 
Candidate so dispensed shall be examined in the 
special knowledge of at least two Gospels and two 
Epistles in English, and shall also offer at least three 
elective subjects. 


[iii.] If the Candidate have been a Minister or 
Licentiate in some other body of Christians, he shall 
also be examined, in writing, on those points of 
Doctrine, Discipline and Worship, in which the com- 
munion from which he has come differs from this 
Church. This portion of the examination shall be 
conducted, in part at least, by written questions and 
answers; the replies shall be kept on file for at least 
three years. 


§ Il. Before admission to the Diaconate, it shall 
suffice that the Candidate pass examinations in the 
following portions of the requirements set forth in 
§ I. of this Canon. And before his advancement to 
the Priesthood he shall not be required to be re- 
examined ‘in these subjects, or portions of subjects, 
unless the Examining Chaplains have warned him 
beforehand of this requirement in specified subjects, 
except that in any event the candidate must be re- 
examined in the Conduct of Public Worship with the 
proper use of the voice therein; 

1. Holy Scripture: The Bible in English; Con- 
tents and Interpretation of the various Books; 
Biblical History ; 

2. Church History: A general outline, together 
with the history of this Church in the United 
States of America; 

3. Christian Missions: Their history, extent and 
methods ; 


Examination 
of Candidates 
from other 
Christian 
Bodies. 


Subjects of 
examination 
for Deacon’s 
Orders. 


31 




















Seminary 
examination 
not to super- 
sede canonical 
examinations. 


Presenting 
Priest may 
attend 
examination. 


To be 
examined by 
Bishop before 
Ordination. 





4. Doctrine: The Church’s teaching as set forth 
in the Creeds and Catechism ; 


5. Liturgics: The Contents and Use of the Book 
of Common Prayer; 


6. Constitution and Canons of the General Con- 
vention, and of the Diocese to which the 
Candidate belongs; 


7. Ministration: 
(a) The Office and work of a Deacon, 
(b) Conduct of Public Worship, with the 
proper use of the voice therein, 
(c) Principles of Sermon Composition and 
Delivery, 


(d) Principles and Methods of Religious 
Education in the Parish. 


§ III. [1.] Examinations at any theological or 
other literary institution shall not supersede anv 
canonical examination, nor shall any certificate of 
graduation or diploma be sufficient ground for dis- 
pensing with any part of the canonical examination, 
except as provided in this Canon. 


[ii.] It shall be the privilege of the Priest who 
is to present a Candidate for ordination to be present 
at his examinations; but no other person save the 
Bishop shall be permitted to be present without the 
consent of the Board of Examining Chaplains. 


[iii.] The Candidate shall be examined by the 
Bishop in the presence of two Priests both before 
his ordination to the Diaconate and before his 


ordination to the Priesthood. The Bishop may con- 
duct one or both of these examinations by taking 
some part in the regular examinations held by the 
Examining Chaplains. 











CANON 5. 


CANON 5. ‘ 


Of Examinations for Admission to Holy Orders in 
Special Cases. 


§ I. In special cases the requirements of the ae ears 
Normal Standard of Learning may be modified as Bodnes aa | 
hereinafter provided. But in every case before a 
Deacon shall be ordered Priest, he shall be examined, 
by the Bishop and two Presbyters, in the office and 
work of a Priest, and as to his ability to serve the 


Church in that Order of the Ministry. 
§ II. A Deacon, admitted Candidate under the Restriction 


on grant of 
provisions of Canon 2, § V. [iv.], and who has served peters. 
two years.in the Diaconate with good repute and 
“success, may be advanced to the Priesthood without 
further examination. But he shall not be granted 
letters dimissory from one Diocese or District to | 
another, without the request, in writing, of the Bishop 
of the Diocese or District to which he wishes to go, 
unless he shall have passed the full examinations 
prescribed in Canon 4, § T. 


§ III. A Deacon admitted Candidate under the 
provisions of Canon 2, § V. [v.], and who has 
served two years in the Diaconate with good repute 
and success, may be admitted to the Priesthood with- 
out further examination; Provided, that if he is to 
minister within the United States of America, he Whenspecial | 
pass a special examination in the history and govern- "equired. 
ment thereof. But he shall not be granted letters 
dimissory from one Diocese or District to another 
without the request, in writing, of the Bishop of the | 
Diocese or District to which he wishes to go, unless 
he shall have passed the full examinations prescribed | 
in Canon 4, § I. Mithroes 

from which 


§ IV. The Bishop of any Diocese or Missionary | dispensation 
District, subject to the consent of the Standing Com- (annete 


Sy 

















CANON 5. 











Examination 
of Candidates 
coming from 
other Chris- 
tian Bodies. 


mittee or Council of Advice, may, at his discretion, 
dispense a Candidate desiring to be ordained Deacon 
from all examination except in the following sub- 
jects: (a) The Contents and Interpretation of the 
Books of Holy Scripture; (b) the Doctrines of this 
Church; (c) the Contents and Use of the Book of 
Common Prayer, and (d) Church History; a general | 
outline, together with the history of this Church in 
the United States of America, and the history of 
Christian Missions. And a Deacon so ordained, who 
has served with good repute and success for at 
least two years in the Diaconate, may be advanced to 
the Priesthood without further examination; Pro- 
vided, that no Deacon or Priest so ordained shall be 
transferred from the Diocese or District within the 
United States in which he was ordained, until and 
unless the Board of Examining Chaplains shall 
certify that he has passed the examinations prescribed 
in Canon 4, § I. However, any Priest so ordained 
who conforms to the conditions of Canon 2, § V. 
[iv.] and Canon 4, § II., may be granted letters 
dimissory to another Diocese or District upon the 
request, in writing, of the Bishop of that Diocese or 
District. 


§ V. [i.] A Postulant who has become a Candi- 
date under the provisions of Canon 2, § V. [vi.], 
shall, before his ordination to the Diaconate, be re- 
quired to pass an examination in the following sub- 
jects: 

1. Ecclesiastical Polity, including the Constitution 
and Canons of the General Convention, and of. 
the Diocese in which he is canonically resident ; 

2. The History of the Church of England and 
of this American Church; . 

3. The History, Contents and Use of the Book of 
Common Prayer; 


34 





CANON 6. 


ee 


4. The Elements of Christian Doctrine as con- 
tained in the Creeds and Catechism; 


5. The points of Doctrine, Discipline and Wor- 
ship in which the communion from which he 
has come differs from this Church. This 
portion of the examination shall be conducted 
in part at least by written questions and an- 
swers, and the replies kept on file for at least 
three years. 





[1i.] A Deacon so ordained may be advanced to 
the Priesthood without further examination, save as 
prescribed in § I. of this Canon. 


| [ui.] In all other cases a Candidate who has 
been a Minister or Licentiate in some other body of 
Christians shall pass the examinations required of 
other Candidates. 


§ VI. In all cases of the ordination under this Record of 
Canon of men with modified requirements of learn- requirements 
ing, a record of the modifications shall be kept by ni 
the Bishop, and the standing of every Minister thus 
_ ordained shall be reported to the Recorder with 


the other matters required in Canon 51, § IV. [ii.]. 





CANON 6. 
Of a Board of Examining Chaplains. 


§ I. In every Diocese or Missionary District. Board of 
there shall be a Board of Examining Chaplains, con- Chaplain 
sisting of at least two learned Presbyters, canonically 
_ resident within the said Diocese or Missionary Dis- 
trict. Examining Chaplains shall be nominated by 
the Bishop at the Annual Convention or Council, 
the nomination being confirmed by the vote of the 


| 
Convention or Council. Their term of office shall 





be fixed by Diocesan Canons. Should vacancies 
35 








Board may 
adopt rules. 


Duties of 
oard. 





Board to 
make report. 





occur in the Board when the Convention or Council 
is not in session, the Bishop shall similarly nominate 
to the Standing Committee or Council of Advice, 
upon whose confirmation the person or persons so 
designated shall be added to the Board and shall 
serve until the next meeting of the Convention or 
Council. 


§ II. The Board of Examining Chaplains may 
adopt rules for its work, subject to the approval of 
the Bishop, provided the same are not inconsistent 
with the Canons of the General Convention. These 
rules may include the appointment of committees 
of the Board to act on its behalf. 


§ III. It shall be the duty of the Board of 
Examining Chaplains, under the guidance and over- 
sight of the Bishop, to conduct the examinations of 
Postulants and Candidates prescribed by these Canons. 
These examinations shall be, in part at least, in 
writing. The Examining Chaplains, when so re- 
quested by the Bishop, shall give oversight to 
Postulants and Candidates, and shall advise them in 
regard to their studies and preparation. 


§ IV. The Board of Examining Chaplains shall 
promptly report, in writing, to the Bishop the results 
of all examinations held by them, whether satisfac- 
tory or unsatisfactory, making separate reports upon 
each of the appointed subjects, and upon each per- 
son examined. The Bishop shall transmit these 
reports to the Standing Committee or Council of 
Advice, who shall in no case recommend a Postulant 
for admission as Candidate for Holy Orders, or 
recommend a Candidate for Ordination to the Dia- 
conate or to the Priesthood, until they have received 
and considered the report of the Board of Examining 








Chaplains. 
36 | 


My WA Ba al De 





The report of the Board shall be made in the 
following form, viz. : 


To the Right Reverend Bishop of 
(or the Clerical Members of the Standing Committee 
of as the case may be). 

Place, Date, 


We, having been assigned as Examiners of A. B., 
hereby testify that we have examined the said 
A. B. upon the subjects prescribed in Canon 
Sensible of our responsibility, we give our judgment 
as follows: (Here specify the proficiency of A. B. 
in each of the subjects appointed, as made apparent 
by the examinations). 

(Signed) 


§ V. The Board shall make an annual report 
concerning its work to the Convention or Council. 


§ VI. The Bishop, with the consent of the Board 
of Examining Chaplains, may ask the Examining 
Chaplains of another Diocese or Missionary District 


to conduct the examination of a Postulant or Candi- 
date on their behalf. 


§ VII. Any Provincial Synod shall have the 
right to form a Provincial Board of Examining 
Chaplains. The members of the Board shall serve 
for a term of three years each, or until their succes- 
sors are appointed. Vacancies occurring in the Board 
may be filled for the unexpired term by the Synod. 
It shall be the duty of such Provincial Board to pre- 
pare a syllabus indicating the range and character 
of the attainments required in the several subjects 
prescribed by these Canons and to prepare question 
papers for all written examinations. And such sylla- 
bus and papers may be adopted for their own use, 
subject to the approval of the Bishop, by the Board 
of Examining Chaplains of any Diocese or District 


Form of 
Report. 


Examining 
Chaplains 

of another 
Diocese may 
conduct 
examination. 


Provincial 
Synod may 
form Board 
of Examining 
Chaplains. 


37 











CANON 7. 











Candidate to 
be twenty-one 
years of age. 


To be three 
yearsa 
Candidate, 
unless the 
time be 
shortened. 


Recommenda- 


tion from 
Standing 
Committee. 


Papers to be 
laid before 
Standing 
Committee. 


within the Province. 


The Provincial Board, when 
organized, shall report upon its work to the Synod 
at each session. 


CANON 7. 


Of Ordination to the Diaconate. 


§ J. No one shall be ordered Deacon until he 
shall be twenty-one years of age. 


§ II. No one shall be ordered Deacon within 
three years from his admission as Candidate for 
Holy Orders, unless the Bishop, with the advice and 
consent of a majority of all the members of the 
Standing Committee, shall shorten the time of his 
candidateship; but the time shall not be shortened 
to less than one year, except in the case of a person 
who shall have attained the age of thirty years, and 
shall have had experience in speaking and teaching 
publicly; and in no case shall the time be shortened 
to less than six months. In the computation of time 
required to elapse between his admission as a Candi- 
date and his ordering as a Deacon, the successful 
completion of three academic years in any incor- 
porated Seminary of the Church may be considered 
as equivalent to three calendar years. 


§ III. No one shall be ordered Deacon unless he 
be first recommended to the Bishop by the Standing 
Committee of the Diocese, or Council of Advice of 
the Missionary District, to which he belongs. 


§ IV. In order to be recommended for ordina- 
tion, the Candidate must lay before the Standing 
Committee : 

(a) An application therefor in writing, signed by 
himself, which shall state the date of his birth. 

(b) A certificate from the Bishop by whom he 
was admitted a Candidate, declaring the date of his 


| 38 





CANON 7. 


admission; but when such certificate cannot be had, 
other evidence satisfactory to the Committee shall 
suffice. 


(c) <A certificate from a Presbyter of this Church, 
known to the Ecclesiastical Authority, in the follow- 
ing words, viz.: 


To the Standing Committee of 
Place, Date, 


I hereby certify that I am personally acquainted 
with A. B., and that I believe him to be well qualified 
to minister in the Office of Deacon, to the glory of 
God and the edification of His Church. 

(Signed) 


(d) .A certificate from the Minister and Vestry 
of the Parish of which he is a member, in the follow- 
ing words, viz.: 


To the Standing Committee of 
Place, Date, 


We do certify that, after due inquiry, we are well 
assured and believe that A. B., for the space of three 
years last past, hath lived a sober, honest, and godly 
life, and that he is loyal to the Doctrine, Discipline, 
and Worship of this Church, and does not hold any- 
thing contrary thereto. And, moreover, we think 
him a person worthy to be admitted to the Sacred 
Order of Deacons. 


(Signed) 


This certificate must be attested by the Minister 
of the Parish, or by the Clerk or Secretary of the 
Vestry, as follows, viz.: 


I hereby certify that A. B. is a member of 
Parish‘in ) and a communi- 
cant of the same; that the foregoing certificate was 




















If Parish has 
no Minister, 
certificate 
may be signed 
by some 
Presbyter. 


If there be 
no Parish, 
by whom 
certificate is 
to be signed. 


Reasons for 
this form of 
certificate to 
be stated. 


GAW OW 07> 


signed at a meeting of the Vestry duly convened at 
on the day of 
and that the names attached are those of all (or a 
majority of all) the members of the Vestry. 
(Signed) 
The Minister of 
or Clerk or Secretary of Vestry. 


§ V. But should the Parish be without a Minis- 
ter, it shall suffice that in his place the certificate be 
signed by some Presbyter of the Diocese or Mission- 
ary District in good standing, the reason for the 
substitution being stated in the attesting clause. 


§ VI. [1.] Should there be no organized Parish 
at the place of residence of the Candidate, or. should 
it be impracticable, through circumstances not affect- 
ing his moral or religious character, to obtain the 
signatures of the Minister and Vestry, or of the 
Vestry, it may suffice if the certificate be signed by 
at least— 


(a) One Presbyter of the Diocese or Missionary 
District in good standing; and, 


(b) Six Laymen, communicants of this Church 
in good standing. 


[11.] In such case, the reasons for departing from 
the regular form must be given in the attesting 
clause, which shall be signed by the same, or some 
other Presbyter of this Church in good standing, 
and shall be in the following words, viz.: 


I hereby certify, that the Laymen whose names are 
attached to the foregoing certificate are communi- 
cants of this Church in good standing, and that this 
form of certificate was used for no reasons affecting 
the moral or religious character of the Candidate, 






















CANON 7. 


but because (here give the reasons for departing 
from the regular form). (Signed ) 
Presbyter of the Diocese, or Missionary 
District of 


§ VII. The Standing Committee, on the receipt 
of the certificates prescribed as above, and having 
reason to believe that all other canonical require- 
ments have been complied with, and having no reason 
to suppose the existence of any sufficient obstacle, 
physical, mental, moral, or spiritual, may, at a meet- 
ing duly convened, a majority of all the members of 
the Committee consenting, recommend the Candidate 
for ordination by a testimonial addressed to the 
Bishop in the following words, viz.: 


To the Right Reverend Bishop of 

We, being a majority of all the members of the 
Standing Committee of , and having been 
duly convened at oO. testity. that As by: 


desiring to be ordered Deacon, hath laid before us 
satisfactory certificates that for the space of three 
years last past he hath lived a sober, honest, and 
godly life, and that he is loyal to the Doctrine, Disci- 
pline, and Worship of this Church and does not hold 
anything contrary thereto. And we hereby recom- 
mend him for ordination to the Diaconate. 

In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our 
hands this day of in the year of our 
Lord © 

(Signed) 

This testimonial shall be signed by all consenting 

to its adoption. 


§ VIII. The testimonial having been presented to 
the Bishop, and there being no sufficient objection on 
grounds physical, mental, moral, doctrinal, or spirit- 
ual, the Bishop shall take order: for the ordination; 


Testimonial 
of Standing 
Committee. 





Declaration 
of belief and 
conformity. 


41 











Candidate to 
be twenty- 
four years 
of age. 


To bea 
Deacon one 
' year, and 
Candidate 
three years, 
unless the 
time be 
shortened. 


Recommenda- 


tion from 
Standing 
Committee. 


Papers to be 
laid before 
Standing 
Committee, 


42 


CANON 8&8. 


and at the time of the ordination he shall require the 
Candidate to subscribe and make, in his presence, 


the declaration required in Article VIII. of the Con. 


stitution. 
CANON 8. 
Of Ordination to the Priesthood 
§ I. No one shall be ordered Priest until he be 


twenty-four years of age. 

§ II. No one shall be ordered Priest until he has 
been a Deacon one full year, unless it shall seem 
good to the Bishop, for reasonable causes, with the 
advice, and consent of a majority of all the mem- 
bers of the Standing Committee, to shorten the 
time; nor within three years from his admission as 
a Candidate for Holy Orders, unless the Bishop, for 
urgent reasons fully stated, with the advice and 
consent of a majority of all the members of the 
Standing Committee, shall shorten the time. And in 
no case shall he be ordered Priest within less than 
one year from his admission as Candidate for Holy 
Orders, nor until he has been a Deacon for at least 
six months. But a Deacon who has been ordained 
under the provisions of Canon 5, §§ II., III. or IV., 
shall not be ordered Priest until he has been a 
Deacon for at least two years, unless in the mean- 
time he shall have fulfilled the requirements of 
Canon 4, § I. 

§ III. No Deacon shall be ordered Priest unless 
he be first recommended to the Bishop by the Stand- 
ing Committee of the Diocese, or by the Council of 
Advice of the Missionary District, to which he be- 
longs. 

§ IV. In order to be recommended for ordination 
by the Standing Committee, the Deacon must lay 
before the Committee: 








CANON 8. 


(a) An application therefor in writing signed by 
himself, which shall state the date of his birth. 

(b) A certificate from the Bishop declaring that 
the term of his candidateship and the time of his 
service in the Diaconate have been completed; but 
when such certificate cannot be had, other evidence, 
satisfactory to the Committee, may suffice. 

(c) A certificate from the Minister and Vestry of 
the Parish where he resides, in the following words, 
V1Z. : 


To the Standing Committee of 

Place, Date, 

We do certify that, after due inquiry, we are well 
assured and believe that the Reverend A. B., Deacon, 
since the day of in the year 
being the date of his ordination to the Diaconate [or 
for the space of three years last past], hath lived a 
sober, honest, and godly life, and hath not written, 
taught, or held anything contrary to the Doctrine, 
Discipline, or Worship of this Church. And, more- 
over, we think him a person worthy to be admitted 
to the Sacred Order of Priests. 

(Signed) 

This certificate must be attested by the Minister of 
the Parish, or by the Clerk or Secretary of the 
Vestry, as follows, viz.: 

I hereby certify that the Reverend A. B. is a 
resident of Parish in > that 
the foregoing certificate was signed at a meeting of 
the Vestry duly convened at on the 
day of , and the names attached are 
those of all (or a majority of all) the members of 
the Vestry. 

(Signed ) 
The Minister of 
or Clerk or Secretary of Vestry. 








CANON &. 


If Parish has 
no Minister, 
certificate 
may be signed 
by some 
Presbyter. 


If there be 
no Parish, 
by whom 
certificate is 
to be signed. 


Reasons for 
this form of 
certificate to 
be stated. 


Testimonial 
of Standing 
Committee. 





§ V. But should the Parish be without a Minis- 
ter, it shall suffice that in his place the certificate be 
signed by some Presbyter of the Diocese or Mission- 
ary District in good standing, the reason for the 
substitution being stated in the attesting clause. 


§ VI. [i.] Should there be no organized Parish 
at the place of residence of the Candidate, or should 
it be impracticable, through circumstances not affect- 
ing his moral or religious character, to obtain the 
signatures of the Minister and Vestry, or of the 
Vestry, it may suffice if the certificate be signed by 
at least— 

(a) One Presbyter of the Diocese or Missionary 
District, in good standing; and, 

(b) Six Laymen, communicants of this Church, 
in good standing. ; 

[ii.] In such case, the reasons for departing from 
the regular form must be given in the attesting 
clause, which shall be signed by the same, or some 
other Presbyter of this Church in good standing, and 
shall be in the following words, viz.: 


I hereby certify that the Laymen whose names are 
attached to the foregoing certificate are communi- 


cants of this Church in good standing, and that this . 


form of certificate was used for no reasons affecting 
the moral or religious character of the Candidate, 
but because (here give the reasons for departing 
from the regular form). 
(Signed ) 
Presbyter of the Diocese, or Missionary 
District of 


§ VII. The Standing Committee, on the receipt 
of the certificates prescribed as above, and having 
reason to believe that all other canonical require- 
ments have been complied with, and having no reason 
to suppose the existence of any sufficient obstacle, 





CANON 8. 








physical, mental, moral, or spiritual, may, at a meet- 
ing duly convened, a majority of all the members of 
the Committee consenting, recommend the Deacon 
for ordination by a testimonial addressed to the 
Bishop in the following words, viz.: 


To the Right Reverend Bishop of 

We, being a majority of all the members of the 
Standing Committe of and having been 
duly convened at , do testify that the 


Reverend A. B., Deacon, desiring to be ordered 
Priest, hath laid before us satisfactory certificates that 
since the day of in the year , 
being the date of his ordination to the Diaconate [or 
for the space of three years last past], he hath lived 
a sober, honest, and godly life, and hath not written, 
taught, or held anything contrary to the Doctrine, 
Discipline, or Worship of this Church; and we here- 
by recommend him for ordination to the Priesthood. 

In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our 
hands this day of in the year of 
our Lord 

(Signed) 

This testimonial shall be signed by all consenting 

to its adoption. 


§ VIII. The testimonial having been presented to 
the Bishop, and there being no sufficient objection 
on grounds physical, mental, moral, doctrinal, or 
spiritual, the Bishop shall take order for the ordina- 
tion; and at the time of the ordination he shall re- 
quire the Deacon to subscribe and make, in his 
presence, the declaration required in Article VIII. of 
the Constitution. 

§ IX. No Deacon shall be ordered Priest until he 
shall have been appointed to serve in some parochial 
Cure within the jurisdiction of this Church, or as a 
Missionary under the Ecclesiastical Authority of 


Declaration 
of belief and 
conformity. 


Evidence of 
his appoint- 
ment to some 
Cure. 


45 











When Bishop 
Coadjutor or 
Missionary 
Bishop may 
act. 


Power of 
Council of 
Advice ina 
Missionary 
District. 


Certificates 
to be in 

the words 
prescribed. 


No Postulant 
or Candidate 
to sign these 

certificates. 


Requirements 
as to 
signature 

of standing 
Committee. 





CANON 9. 








some Diocese or Missionary District, or as an officer 
of some Missionary Society recognized by the General 
Convention, or as a Chaplain of the Army or Navy 
of the United States, or as a Chaplain or instructor 
in some college or other seminary of learning, with 
opportunity for the exercise of his Ministry. judged 
sufficient by the Bishop. 


CANON 9. 
Of General Provisions Respecting Ordination, 


§ I. [i.] For the purpose of this and other Can- 
ons of Ordination, the authority assigned to the 
Bishop of the Diocese may be exercised by a Bishop 
Coadjutor, when so empowered under Canon 13, 
Section II., or by a Missionary Bishop, or any other 
Bishop of this Church canonically in charge of a 
Diocese or Missionary District, or of, congregations 
in foreign parts. 

[1i1.] The Council of Advice in a Missionary Dis- 
trict shall, for the purposes of this and other Canons 
of Ordination, have the same powers as the Standing 
Committee of a Diocese. 

§ II. [1.] No certificate or testimonial, the form 
of which is supplied by Canon, shall be valid, unless 
it be in the words prescribed; the omission of the 


date therefrom shall render such certificate or 
testimonial liable to rejection. 
[1i.] No Postulant or Candidate for Holy Orders - 


shall sign any of the certificates prescribed in the 
foregoing Canons of Ordination. 


[u1i.] Whenever the testimonial of the Standing 
Committee is required, such testimonial must be 
signed at a meeting duly convened, and, in the ab- 
sence of express provision to the contrary, by a 
majority of the whole Committee. 





} 





CANON 9. 


[iv.] Whenever the certificate of a Vestry is 
required, such certificate must be signed by a major- 
ity of the whole Vestry, at a meeting duly convened, 
and the fact must be attested by the Secretary of 
the said Vestry or by the Minister. 


§ III. Whenever dispensation from any of the 
requirements of the Canons of Ordination is per- 
mitted, with the advice and consent of the Standing 
Committee, the application must be first made to the 
Bishop, and, if he approve it, be by him referred to 
the Committee. 


§ IV. If, in the case of any applicant for admis- 
sion as a Candidate for Holy Orders, or for ordina- 
tion, a majority of the Standing Committee refuse to 
recommend, or shall fail to act within three months, 
although the required certificates have been laid 
before the Committee, it shall be the duty of the 
Committee, without delay, to give to the Bishop the 
reasons, in writing, for such refusal or failure to act. 


§ V. [1.] No Bishop of this Church shall ordain 
any person to officiate in any congregation beyond 
the limits of the United States until the testimonials 
and certificates required by the Canons of Ordination 
shall have been supplied, except as provided for as 
follows: 

[11.] Any Missionary Bishop of this Church hav- 
ing jurisdiction in foreign lands, or any Bishop to 
whom the charge of congregations in foreign lands 
shall have been assigned by the Presiding Bishop, 
may ordain as Deacons or Presbyters, to officiate 
within the limits of his charge, any persons of the 
age required by the Canons of this Church, who shall 
exhibit to him the testimonials required by Canons 
7 and 9, signed by not less than two Presbyters of 
this Church, who may be subject to his charge, and 
other satisfactory evidence of moral character from 


Requirements 
as to 
signature 

of Vestry. 


Mode of 
applying for 
dispensation. 


Standing 
Committee to 
give reasons 
if declining 











to recommend. 


Testimonials, 
etc., to 

apply to 
Ordinations 
beyond the 
United 
States. 


Special 
testimonials 
permitted in 
foreign lands. 


47 


natives of the country not in Holy Orders; Pro- 
vided, nevertheless, that if there be only one Presby- 
ter of this Church subject to his charge, and capable 
of acting at the time, the signature of a Presbyter 
in good standing under the jurisdiction of any 
Bishop in communion with this Church may be 
admitted to supply the deficiency. 


Ordinations § VI. In accordance with ancient Canons, ordina- 
o be ne e e 

at Ember tions shall be held on the Sundays following the 
eason. 


CANON 10. | 
| 
| 
| 


Ember Weeks, except that the Bishop may, if he 
deem proper, for urgent reasons, appoint special 
ordinations at other times. 


SL § VII. No appointment for the ordination of 
pi te peeomblicdst.\ any Candidate shall be made until the Bishop has 
| appointment had due notice that all the canonical requirements 


of ordination. Y : 
have been complied with. 
CANON 10. 


Of Ministers Ordained in Foreign Countries by Bishops 
in Communion with this Church. 


Certificate § I. [1.] A Minister declaring himself to have 
sel Ea on been ordained beyond the limits of the United 
officiate in , : ‘ ‘ : : 

this Church. States by ‘a foreign Bishop in communion with 





this Church, or by a Bishop consecrated for a 
foreign country by Bishops of this Church under 
Article III. of the Constitution, shall, before he 
be permitted to officiate in any Parish or Congre- 
gation of this Church, exhibit to the Minister, or, 
if there be no Minister, to the Vestry thereof, a 
certificate of recent date, signed by the Ecclesias- 
tical Authority of the Diocese or Missionary 
District, that his letters of Holy Orders and other 

| ; 

| credentials are valid and authentic, and given by 
a Bishop in communion with this Church, and 
whose authority is acknowledged by this Church, 
and also that he has exhibited to the said Eccles- 





CANON ALO: 


iastical Authority satisfactory evidence of his 
moral and godly character, and of his theological 
acquirements. 


[11.] And before he shall be permitted to take aie ige 
charge of any Parish or Congregation, or be re- Parish. 
ceived into any Diocese or Missionary District of | 
this Church as a Minister thereof, he shall pro- 
duce to the Ecclesiastical Authority letters Dimis- 
sory or equivalent credentials under the hand and 
seal of the Bishop with whose Diocese or Mission- 
ary District he has been last connected, which let- 
ters or credentials shall be delivered within six 
months from the date thereof. Before such 
Minister shall be so received, the Bishop shall re- 
quire him to promise in writing to submit himself 
| in all things to the discipline of this Church, 
without recourse to any foreign jurisdiction, civil 
or ecclesiastical; and shall further require him to 
subscribe and make in his presence, and in the | 
presence of two or more Presbyters, the declara- 
tion required in Article VIII. of the Constitution. 
He shall also be examined by the Bishop and at 
least one Presbyter as to his knowledge of the 
history of this Church, its worship and govern- 
ment. The said Ecclesiastical Authority, being 
satisfied of his theological acquirements, may then 
receive him into the Diocese or Missionary 
District as a Minister of this Church; Provided, 
that such Minister shall not be entitled to hold 
canonical charge in any Parish or Congregation, 
until he shall have resided one year in the United | 
| States subsequent to the acceptance of his cre- 
dentials. 





§ II. If such Minister be a Deacon, he shall [)2.262°o". 


° ‘ . : in thi 
| not be ordered Priest until he shall have resided in  {ountry before 


being ordered 


49 

















US A ee Meters Leen Dh eel EL Mand Aue ev MRE EELS 





Of Ministers 
who have 
not received 
Episcopal 
ordination. 


Pre-ordination 
requirements. 


50 


CANON 11. 
CANON 11. | 


Of the Ordination of Deacons and Priests in Special 
Cases. 


§ I. In case any Minister who has not received 
episcopal ordination shall desire to receive such orders 
from a Bishop of this Church to the Diaconate and 
to the Priesthood without giving up or denying his 
fellowship or his ministry in the Communion to 
which he belongs, the Bishop of the Diocese or Mis- 
sionary District in which he lives, with the advice 
and consent of the Standing Committee or the Council 
of Advice, may confirm and ordain him; Provided, 
also, that the congregation, if any, in which such 
Minister officiates, shall declare, through its proper 
representatives, its desire for such ordination on 
behalf of its Minister, and its purpose to receive in 
future the ministrations and the Sacraments of one 
who shall be ordained to the Priesthood by a Bishop. 


§ II. The Minister desiring to be so ordained 
shall satisfy the Bishop that he has resided in the 
United States at least one year; that he has been 
duly baptized with water in the name of the Father 
and of the Son and of the Holy Ghost; that he holds 
the historic faith of the Church as contained in the 
Apostles’ Creed and the Nicene Creed; that there is 
no sufficient objection on grounds physical, mental, 
moral or spiritual; that the Ecclesiastical Authority 
to which he is subject in the Communion to which he 
belongs consents to such ordination; that he will not 
knowingly admit to the Holy Communion any person 
who has not been baptized with water in the name 
of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Ghost; 
and further, the Bishop shall charge him that the 
Church hopefully anticipates the use of the Apostolic 
practice of Confirmation among his people. 




















CANON ‘11. 





§ III. At the time of such ordination the person 
so to be ordained shall subscribe and make in the 
presence of the Bishop a declaration that he believes 
the Holy Scriptures of the Old and New Testaments 
to be the Word of God and to contain all things 
necessary to salvation; that in the ministration of 
Baptism he will unfailingly baptize with water in the 
name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy 
Ghost. He shall also undertake that in the celebra- 
tion of the Holy Communion he will invariably use 
the elements of bread and wine, and will include in 
the service (a) a Prayer of Consecration, embodying 
the words and acts of our Lord in the Institution of 
the Sacrament, an Offering, an Invocation of the Holy 
Spirit and a Thanksgiving, (b) the Lord’s Prayer, 
and (c) the Apostles’ Creed or the Nicene Creed as 
the symbol of the faith and unity of the Holy Catholic 
Church. He shall also agree that when thereto invited 
by the Bishop of this Church having jurisdiction in 
the place where he lives, he will (unless unavoidably 
prevented) meet with such Bishop for Holy Com- 
munion and for counsel and co-operation; and that he 
will hold himself answerable to the Bishop of this 
Church having jurisdiction in the place where he 
lives, or, if there be no such Bishop, to the Presiding 
Bishop of this Church, in case he be called in question 
with respect to error of faith or of conduct. 


§ IV. In case a person so ordained be charged 
with error of faith or of conduct he shall have reason- 
able notice of the charge and reasonable opportunity 
to be heard, and the procedure shall be similar to 
the procedure in the case of a Clergyman of this 
Church charged with the like offense. The sentence 
shal! always be pronounced by the Bishop and shall 
be such as a Clergyman of this Church would be 
liable to. It shall be certified to the Ecclesiastical 





Declarations, 
undertakings, 
and agree- 
ments re- 
quired. 


Procedure 
in case 
Gta l rials 








GAN OW Mi?’ 








Conditions of 
officiating and 
restrictions. 


Certificates 
required, 





52 





Authority to which the defendant is responsible in 
any other Communion. If he shall have been tried 
before a tribunal of the Communion in which he has 
exercised his ministry, the judgment of such tribunal 
proceeding in the due exercise of its jurisdiction shall 
be taken as conclusive evidence of facts thereby 
adjudged. 


§ V. A Minister so ordained may officiate accord- 
ing to the prescribed order of this Church, in a 
Diocese or Missionary District of this Church when 
licensed by the Ecclesiastical Authority thereof, but 
he shall not become the Rector or a Minister of 
any Parish or Congregation of this Church until he 
shall have subscribed and made to the Ordinary a 
declaration in writing, whereby he shall solemnly 
engage to conform tc the Doctrine, Discipline and 
Worship of this Church. Upon his making such 
declaration and being duly elected Rector or Minister 
of a Parish or Congregation of this Church, and 
complying with the Canons of this Church and of 
the Diocese or Missionary District in that behalf, he 
shall become for all purposes a Minister of this 
Church. | 


§ VI. In this Canon the action to be taken by a 
Bishop is limited to that of the Bishop of a Diocese 
or Missionary District, having jurisdiction therein. 


CANON 12. 


Of the Admission of Ministers Ordained by Bishops Not 
in Communion with this Church. 


§ I. When a Minister ordained by a_ Bishop 
not in communion with this Church shall apply to 


a Bishop for admission into the same as a Minister 


thereof, he shall produce to the Bishop satisfac- 


ee 








CANON 12. 


_tory evidence of his moral and godly character and 
of his theological acquirements, and that his let- 
ters of Holy Orders and other credentials are valid 
and authentic; he shall also produce a_ written 
certificate from at least two Presbyters of this 
Church, stating that, from personal examination, 
or from satisfactory evidence laid before them, 
they believe that his desire to leave the Com- 
munion to which he has belonged has not arisen 
from any circumstance unfavorable to his moral 
or religious character, or on account of which it 
may not be expedient to admit him to the exercise 
of: the Ministry in this Church. Before such 
Minister shall be received into the Ministry of 
this Church, the Bishop shall require him _ to 
promise in writing to submit himself in all things 
to the discipline of this Church without recourse 
to any foreign jurisdiction, civil or ecclesiastical ; 
and shall further require him to subscribe and 
make in his presence, and in the presence of two 
or more Presbyters, the declaration required in 
Article VIII. of the Constitution. 

If such a Minister furnish evidence of a thor- 
ough theological training in his previous com- 
munion, and have exercised his ministry therein 
with good repute and success for at least five 
years, he shall be examined by the Bishop and 
two Presbyters in the following subjects: 


1. Ecclesiastical Polity and Canon Law, includ- 
ing the Constitution and Canons of the 
General Convention, and of the Diocese in 
which he expects to serve; 


2. The History of the Church of England and 
of this Church; 


3. The History, Contents and Use of the Book 
of Common Prayer; 


Subjects of 
special _ 
examination. 


53 











To reside one 
year in the 
United States 
before taking 
charge of any 
Parish. 


If a Deacon, 
to reside one 
year before. 
being ordered 
Priest. 


Testimonials 
of Bishop 
elect to be 
sent to 
Secretary 

of House of 
Deputies. 


CAN ONV ES: 





4. The points of Doctrine, Discipline and Wor- 
ship in which the Communion from which 
he has come differs from this Church. 


But if such Minister cannot furnish evidence of 
a thorough theological training in his previous 
Communion, or if he have not exercised his Min- 
istry therein with good repute and success for 
at least five years, he shall conform to the re- 
quirements of Canon 2, § V., and Canon 4, § L.,, 
in full. 

After which the Bishop, being satisfied of his 
theological acquirements and soundness in the 
faith, may, with the consent of the Standing Com- 
mittee, or Council of Advice, receive him into the 
Diocese or Missionary District as a Minister of 
this Church; Provided, that such Minister shall not 
be entitled to hold canonical charge in any Parish 
or Congregation until he shall have resided one 
year in the United States subsequent to the ac- 
ceptance of his credentials. 


§ II. If such Minister be a Deacon he shall not 
be ordered Priest until he shall have resided in 
the United States at least one year. 


CANON 13. 


Of Ordination or Consecration of Bishops. 


§ J. [1.] Whenever the Church in any Diocese 
shall desire the ordination and consecration of a 
Bishop elect, if the election shall have taken place 
within three months before a meeting of the General 
Convention, the Standing Committee of the said Dio- 
cese shall, by their President, or by some person or 
persons specially appointed, forward to the Secretary 
of the House of Deputies, evidence of the election of 





CANON 138. 











the Bishop elect by the Convention of the Diocese, 
together with evidence of his having been duly 
ordered Deacon and Priest, and also a testimonial, 
signed by a constitutional majority of such Conven- 
tion, in the following words, viz.: 


We, whose names are hereunder written, fully 
sensible how important it is that the Sacred Order 
and Office of Bishop should not be unworthily con- 
ferred, and firmly persuaded that it is our duty to 
bear testimony on this solemn occasion without par- 
tiality or affection, do, in the presence of Almighty 
God, testify that the Reverend A. B. is not, so far as 
we are informed, justly liable to evil report, either for 
error in religion or for viciousness of life; and that 
we know of no impediment on account of which he 
ought not to be ordained and consecrated to that 
Holy Office. We do, moreover, jointly and severally 
declare that we believe him to be of such sufficiency 
in good learning, of such soundness in the Faith, and 
of such virtuous and pure manners and godly con- 
versation, that he is apt and meet to exercise the 
Office of a Bishop to the honour of God and the 
edifying of His Church, and to be a wholesome 
example to the flock of Christ. 


(Signed ) 


The Secretary of such Convention shall certify 
upon this testimonial that it has been signed by a 
constitutional majority thereof. 


The Secretary of the House of Deputies shall lay 
the said testimonials before the House, and if the 
House shall consent to the consecration of the Bishop 
elect, notice of said consent, certified by the President 
and Secretary of said House, shall be sent to the 
House of Bishops, together with the testimonials 
aforesaid. 


Notice of 
consent of 
House of 
Deputies to 
be sent to 
House of 
Bishops. 


ao 




















Presiding 
Bishop to take 
order for 
consecration 
of Bishop 
elect. 


Bishop presid- 


ing at conse- 
cration to 
have direction 
of service. 


If during 
recess of 
General 
Convention 
evidence of 
election to 
be sent to 
Standing 
Committees 
and Bishops. 


eas | 


CANON 138. 


[1i.] If the House of Bishops consent to the con- 
secration, the Presiding Bishop shall, without delay, 
notify such consent to the Standing Committee of the 
Diocese electing and to the Bishop elect; and upon 
notice of the acceptance by the Bishop elect of his 
election, the Presiding Bishop shall take order for 
the consecration of the said Bishop elect either by 
himself and two other Bishops of this Church, or by 
any three Bishops of this Church to whom he may 
communicate the testimonials. 


In all particulars the service at the consecration of 
a Bishop shall be under the direction of the Bishop 
presiding at such consecration. 


[111.] If the election of a Bishop shall have taken 
place more than three months before the meeting of 
the General Convention, the Standing Committee of 
the Diocese electing shall, by their President, or by 
some person or persons specially appointed, imme- 
diately send certificate of the election to the Standing 
Committees of the several Dioceses, together with 
copies of the necessary testimonials; and if a majority 
of the Standing Committees of all the Dioceses shall 
consent to the consecration of the Bishop elect, the 
Standing Committee of the Diocese electing shall then 
forward the evidence of said consent, with the other 
necessary testimonials, to the Presiding Bishop, who 
shall immediately communicate the same to every 
Bishop of this Church having jurisdiction in the 
United States, and if a majority of such Bishops 
shall consent to the consecration, the Presiding 
Bishop shall, without delay, notify such consent to 
the Standing Committee of the Diocese electing and 
to the Bishop elect, and upon notice of his acceptance 
of the election, the Presiding Bishop shall take order 
for the consecration of the said Bishop elect either 
by himself and two other Bishops of this Church, or 

















CANON 18. 





by any three Bishops of this Church to whom he 
may communicate the testimonials. 


The evidence of the consent of the several Stand- 
ing Committees shall be a testimonial in the follow- 
ing words, signed by a majority of the Standing 
Committees of all the Dioceses: 


We, being a majority of all the members of the 
Standing Committee of , and having been 
duly convened at , fully sensible how im- 
portant it is that the Sacred Order and Office of a 
Bishop should not be unworthily conferred, and 
firmly persuaded that it is our duty to bear testimony 
on this solemn occasion without partiality or affec- 
tion, do, in the presence of Almighty God, testify 
that the Reverend A. B. is not, so far as we are 
informed, justly liable to evil report, either for error 
in religion or for viciousness of life; and that we 
know of no impediment on account of which he 
ought not to be ordained and consecrated to that 


Holy Office. 

In witness whereof, we have hereunto set our 
hands this day of in the year of 
our Lord 


(Signed ) 


If the Presiding Bishop shall not have received 
the consent of a majority of the Bishops within three 
months from the date of his notice to them, he shall 
then give notice of such failure to the Standing 
Committee of the Diocese electing. 


[iv.] In case a majority of all the Standing Com- 
mittees of the several Dioceses shall not consent to 
the consecration of a Bishop elect within the period 
of six months from the date of the notification of the 
election by the Standing Committee of the Diocese 
electing, or in case a majority of all the Bishops 


If Bishops 
shall not 


consent within 


three months. 


If Standing 
Committees 
or Bishops 
shall not 
consent. 





Bishops 
Coadjutor. 


Consent 
required. 


Consent of 
Bishop and 
duties 
assigned to 


be specified. 


CANON 138. 


entitled to act in the premises shall not consent 
within the period of three months from the date of 
notification to them by the Presiding Bishop of 
the election, the Presiding Bishop shall declare the 
election null and void, and the Convention of the 
Diocese may then proceed to a new election. 


§ II. [1.] When a Bishop of a Diocese is unable, 
by reason of age, or other permanent cause of infirm- 
ity, or by reason of the extent of Diocesan work, 
fully to discharge the duties of his office, or when 
the Bishop of a Diocese shall have been elected 
Presiding Bishop of this Church, or President of the 
Council, a Bishop Coadjutor may be elected by and 
for said Diocese, who shall have the right of succes- 
sion; Provided, that before the election of a Bishop 
Coadjutor for the reason of extent of Diocesan work, 
the consent of the General Convention, or during the 
recess thereof, the consent of a majority of the 
Bishops and of the several Standing Committees, 
must be had and obtained. Before any election of 
a Bishop Coadjutor, the Bishop of the Diocese shall 
read, or cause to be read, to the Convention thereof, 
his written consent to such election, and in such 
consent he shall state the duties which he thereby 
assigns to the Bishop Coadjutor, when duly ordained 
and consecrated, and such consent shall form part 
of the proceedings of the Convention. The duties 
assigned by the Bishop to the Bishop Coadjutor in 
any Diocese may be enlarged by mutual consent 
whenever the Bishop of the Diocese may desire to 
assign such additional duties to the Bishop Coadjutor. 
In case of the inability of the Bishop of the Diocese to 
issue the aforesaid consent, the Standing Committee of 
the Diocese may request the Convention to act with- 
out such consent, and such request shall be accom- 
panied by certificates of medical men as to the inability 




















CANON 14. 


of the Bishop of the Diocese to issue his written con- 
sent. | 

[11.] In the case of a Bishop Coadjutor, the 
grounds for his election, as stated in the record of 
the Convention, shall be communicated, with the 
other required testimonials, to the General Conven- 
tion, or to the Standing Committees and Bishops. 

[i11.] In case of application for the ordination 
and consecration of a Bishop Coadjutor, the Stand- 
ing Committee shall forward to the Presiding Bishop, 
in addition to the evidence and testimonials required 
by the preceding section, a certificate of the Pre- 
siding Officer and Secretary of the Convention that 
every requirement of this Section has been complied 
with. 

[iv.] There shall not be in any Diocese at the 
same time more than one Bishop Coadjutor. 

§ III. No one shall be ordained and consecrated 
Bishop unless he shall at the time subscribe, in the 
presence of the ordaining and consecrating Bishops, 
the declaration required in Article VIII. of the 
Constitution. 


§ IV. This Canon shall take effect immediately. 


CANON 14. 
Of Missionary Bishops. 


§ I. The House of Bishops may establish Mis- 
-sionary Districts in States or Territories, or parts 
thereof, or in territory belonging to the United 
States, not organized into Dioceses, or in territory 
beyond the United States, not under the charge of 
Bishops in communion with this Church. It may 
also, from time to time, change, increase, or diminish 
the territory included in such Missionary Districts. 


§ II. [1.] The House of Bishops may, from time 
to time, choose a suitable person or persons to be a 


Grounds for 
election to be 
communi- 
cated. 


Certificate 
that every 
requirement 
has been 
complied 
with. 


Only one 
Bishop Co- 
adjutor ina 
Diocese. 


Declaration of 
belief and 
conformity. 





How 
Missionary 
Districts may 
be constituted. 


House of 
Bishops may 
elect, with 
consent of 
House of 
Deputies, or 
Standing 
Committees. 











CANON 14. 














Evidence of 


such election. 


Approval of 
House of 
Deputies or 
of Standing 
Committees 
required. 


House of 
Bishops may 
transfer. 


Entitled to 
seat in the 
House of 
Bishops. 


60 


Bishop or Bishops of this Church in Missionary Dis- 
tricts, such choice to be subject to confirmation by 
the House of Deputies during the session of the 
General Convention, and at other times to confirma- 
tion by a majority of the Standing Committees of 
the several Dioceses. 

[ii.] The evidence of such choice shall be a 
certificate signed by the Bishop presiding in the 
House of Bishops and by its Secretary, with a 
testimonial, or certified copy thereof, signed by a 
majority of the Bishops of the House, in the second 
form required in Canon 13, Section I., which shall 
be sent to the Presiding Officer of the House of 
Deputies, or to the Standing Committees of the 
several Dioceses, if the General Convention be not 
in session. 

[ii1.] When the Presiding Bishop shall have re- 
ceived a certificate signed by the President and Secre- 
tary of the House of Deputies (or certificates signed 
by the Presidents and Secretaries of a majority of 
the Standing Committees as the case may be), that 
the election has been approved, and shall have re- 
ceived notice of the acceptance by the Bishop elect 
of his election, he shall take order for the consecra- 
tion of the said Bishop elect either by himself and 
two other Bishops of this Church, or by any three 
Bishops of this Church to whom he may communi- 
cate the certificates and testimonial. 


§ III. The House of Bishops shall have power, at 
their discretion, to transfer a Missionary Bishop 
from one Missionary District to another, and, in case 
of the permanent disability of the Bishop in charge, 
to declare the Missionary District vacant. 


§ IV. Any Bishop or Bishops elected and conse- 
crated under this Canon shall be entitled to a seat 
and vote in the House of Bishops, and shall be 




















CANON 14. 


eligible to the office of Bishop or Bishop Coadjutor 
or Suffragan Bishop, in any organized Diocese within 
the United States; Provided, that such Bishop shall 
not be so eligible within five years from the date of 
his consecration, except to the Office of Bishop of a 
Diocese formed in whole or in part out of his Mis- 
sionary District. And whenever a Diocese shall have 
been organized within the jurisdiction of such Mis- 
sionary Bishop, if he shall be chosen Bishop of such 
Diocese, he may accept the office without vacating 
his Missionary appointment; Provided, that he con- 
tinue to discharge the duties of Missionary Bishop 
within the residue of his original jurisdiction, if there 
be such residue, until the House of Bishops shall elect 
a Missionary Bishop of such residue. 


§ V. [i.] When a Diocese, entitled to the choice 
of a Bishop, shall elect as its Diocesan, or as its 
Bishop Coadjutor, or Suffragan Bishop, a Mission- 
ary Bishop of this Church, if such election shall 
have taken place within three months before a meet- 
ing of the General Convention, evidence thereof shall 
be laid before each House of the General Convention, 
and the concurrence of each House, and its express 
consent, shall be necessary to the validity of said 
election, and shall complete the same; so that the 
Bishop thus elected shall be thereafter the Bishop of 
the Diocese which has elected him. 


[ii.] If the said election have taken place more 
than three months before a meeting of the General 
Convention, the above process may be adopted, or 
the following instead thereof, viz.: The Standing 
Committee of the Diocese electing shall give duly 
certified evidence of the election to every Bishop of 
this Church, and to the Standing Committee of 
every Diocese. On receiving notice of the concur- 
rence of a majority of the Bishops and of the 


Eligible as 

a Diocesan, 
Coadjutor or 
Suffragan. 


Proviso. 


Power upon 
the organiza- 
tion of a 
Diocese. 


Proviso. 


Election of a 
Missionary 
Bishop as 

a Diocesan, 
Coadjutor or 
Suffragan. 


Concurrence 
of General 
Convention. 


Election 


during recess. 





61 

















Consent of 
Bishops and 
Standing 
Committees. 


Notice of 
election. 


When charge 
devolves on 
Presiding 
Bishop. 


Mode of 
election of 
successor. 


How elected. 


CANON 15. 


Standing Committees in the election, and their ex- 
press consent thereto, the Standing Committee of 
the Diocese concerned shall transmit notice thereof 
to the Ecclesiastical Authority of every Diocese 
and Missionary District within the United States; 


which notice shall state what Bishops and what, 


Standing Committees have consented to the election. 
On receiving this notice the Presiding Bishop shall 
certify to the Secretary of the House of Bishops the 
altered status and style of the Bishop concerned. 

The Standing Committee of such Diocese shall 
transmit to every congregation thereof, to be publicly 
read therein, a notice of the election thus completed, 
and also cause public notice thereof to be given in 
such other way as they may think proper. 


§ VI. In case of the death or resignation of a 
Missionary Bishop, or of a vacancy in the Mission- 
ary District from other cause, the charge thereof 
shall devolve upon the Presiding Bishop with the 
power of appointing some other Bishop of this 
Church as his substitute in said charge until the 
vacancy is filled. 


§ VII. If during the recess of the General Con- 
vention, and more than six months previous to its 
session, there shall be a vacancy in a Missionary 
District arising from any cause, the House of 
Bishops shall, on the written request of twelve mem- 


bers of the same, be convened by the Presiding . 


Bishop; and thereupon may proceed to elect a Bishop 
for such District. 


CANON 15. 
Of Suffragan Bishops. 


§ I. A Suffragan Bishop shall be elected in 
accordance with the Canons enacted in each Diocese 
for the election of a Bishop. But the initiative shall 











CANON ALS 








always be taken by the Bishop of the Diocese asking 
for the assistance of a Suffragan. 


§ II. There shall not at any time be more than 
two Suffragan Bishops holding office in and for any 
Diocese, save by special consent of the General Con- 
vention previously obtained. 


§ III. The House of Bishops, from time to time 
in its discretion, may choose a Suffragan Bishop for 
any Missionary District in the same manner as pro- 
vided by Canon 14, Section IJ., and subject to all the 
provisions thereof. 


§ IV. A Suffragan Bishop shall act, in all re- 
spects, as the assistant of the Bishop of the Diocese, 
or Missionary District, and under his direction. 


§ V. The tenure of office of a Suffragan Bishop 
shall not be terminated on the death or removal of 
the Bishop of the Diocese or Missionary District. A 
Suffragan Bishop at any time may resign his position 
as Suffragan of a Diocese with the consent of a 
majority of those entitled to vote in the House of 
Bishops. A Suffragan Bishop of a Missionary 
District, at any time, may resign his position as such 
Suffragan Bishop with the consent of a majority of 
those entitled to vote in the House of Bishops. A 
Suffragan Bishop whose resignation has been accepted 
shall exercise Episcopal functions only as he may be 
authorized by the Ecclesiastical Authority of a Dio- 
cese or of a Missionary District. 


§ VI. [i.] Whenever a Suffragan Bishop shall be 
elected Bishop or Bishop Coadjutor of a Diocese or 
Missionary District, if such election shall have taken 
place within three months before a meeting of the 
General Convention, evidence thereof shall be laid 


before each House of the General Convention and 
63 


Not more 
than two in 
one Diocese. 


Suffragan for 
Missionary 
District. 


Assistant of 
the Bishop. 


Tenure of 
fice. 


May resign. 


May resign. 


Limitation on 
exercise of 
Episcopal 
functions. 


May be 
elected Bishop 
or Bishop 
Coadjutor. 











CANON 15. 





aad Sites deed 
! 


Consent 
necessary to 
validity of 
election. 


Alternative 
procedure. 


Cannot be 
Rector. 


the concurrence of each House and its express con- 
sent shall be necessary to the validity of said election, 
and shall complete the same, so that the Bishop thus 
elected shall be thereafter the Bishop or Bishop Co- 
adjutor of the Diocese which has elected him, or 
Missionary Bishop of the District, as the case may be. 


[11.] If the said election has taken place more 
than three months before a meeting of the General 
Convention, the above process may be adopted, cr 
the following instead thereof, viz.: 


The Standing Committee of the Diocese electing, 
or the Secretary of the House of Bishops, as the case 
may be, shall give duly certified evidence of the 
election to every Bishop of this Church in the United 
States who has a seat and vote in the House of 
Bishops, and to the Standing Committee of every 
Diocese. 


On receiving notice of the concurrence of a major- 
ity of the Bishops and of the Standing Committees in 
the election, and their express consent thereto, the 
Standing Committee of the Diocese concerned or the 
Secretary of the House of Bishops, as the case may 
be, shall transmit notice thereof to the Ecclesiastical 
Authority of every Diocese and Missionary District 
within the United States; which notice shall state 
what Bishops and what Standing Committees have 
consented to the election. On receiving this notice 
the Presiding Bishop shall certify to the Secretary of 
the House of Bishops the altered status and style of 
the Bishop concerned. 


§ VII. No Suffragan Bishop, while acting as 
such, shall be Rector or settled Minister in charge 
of a Parish or congregation. 


§ VIII. This Canon shall go into effect im- 
mediately. 


CANON 16. 





CANON 16. 
Of the Consecration of Bishops for Foreign Lands. 


§ I. Pursuant to the provisions of Article III. of  Statementol 
acts to be 


the Constitution the following conditions are pre-  frescnted to 
scribed as necessary to be fulfilled before the Presid- Bishop. 

ing Bishop of this Church shall take order for a 
Consecration to the Episcopate authorized by that 


Article. 


[i.] A person seeking to be ordained and conse- 
crated a Bishop for a foreign land, within the pur- 
port of Article III. of the Constitution, must present 
to the Presiding Bishop of this Church a statement 
in writing subscribed by him setting forth his name, 
and the date and place of his birth; his Ecclesiastical 
and Civil status; whether he is in Priest’s Orders, 
and, if so, the time and place and Episcopal source 
of his admission thereto, and to the Diaconate; the | 
fact of his election or appointment, by a body of | 
Christian people in a foreign land, to be, when duly 
ordained and consecrated, their Bishop; the corporate 
name under which such body is or desires and 
intends to be known as a distinct part of the Catholic 
Church of Christ; and the land wherein and the civil 
government under which it claims and purposes to 
exercise its jurisdiction as such; that the position of 
this body of Christian people in the land wherein 
they dwell is such as to justify its distinct organiza- 
tion as a Church therein; that the members of that 
body will receive the person consecrated for them 
by the Episcopate of this Church as a true and law- 
ful Chief Pastor, will suitably maintain him as such, 
and will render to him all due canonical obedience in 
the exercise of his proper Episcopal functions; that 
by the lawful authority recognized in the body apply- 
ing through him for the Episcopate there has been 


prescribed for use in that body a Book of Offices 
65 




















Consecration 
of second or 
third Bishop. 


Evidence 
substantiating 
such facts to 
be presented. 





containing the Creeds commonly called the Apostles’ 
and Nicene Creeds, together with forms for the 
Administration of the Sacraments of Baptism and 
the Lord’s Supper, an Ordinal, an Office for the 
Administration of Confirmation by the Laying on of 
Hands, and an Order for the public reading of the 
Holy Scriptures of the Old and New Testaments, in 
which Book the Faith and Order of the Church, as 
this Church hath received the same, are clearly set 
forth and established as the Faith and Order of the 
Church in which the Episcopate is as aforesaid de- 
sired to be settled and maintained; and that the per- 
son presenting himself for consecration is, in his life 
and teaching, in entire conformity with the principles 
of such Faith and Order, that he is not justly liable 
to evil report for error in religion or viciousness of 
life, and that he has no knowledge of any impedi- 
ment on account of which he ought not to be con- 
secrated to the Office of a Bishop. 


[11.] In case a Bishop should already have been 
consecrated for a foreign land under the provisions 
of Article III. of the Constitution, and application 
should be made for the consecration of a second or 
of a third Bishop for the same country, the judgment 
in writing of the Bishop or Bishops already exercis- 
ing jurisdiction in that land concerning the proposed 
consecration shall be presented to the Presiding 
Bishop together with the papers required in the fore- 
going clause. 


[ui.] The applicant making the statement re- 
quired in Clause [i.] shall with it present to the Pre- 
siding Bishop evidence fully substantiating the said 
statement in every particular thereof; and shall make 
such further statement, supported by such further 
evidence, as the Presiding Bishop may in the premises 
deem to be desirable or essential. 











CANON WIZ. 


[iv.] If the Presiding Bishop shall deem the 
statement so submitted, with the evidence substantia- 
ting the same, sufficient to justify the consideration 
of the application by the Bishops of this Church, he 
shall lay the whole record embodying such statement 
and evidence before the House of Bishops on the 
next occasion on which they may be duly convened 
as such, with the presence of a majority of all the 
Bishops of this Church entitled to vote in that 
House. 


§ II. If after consideration of the statement and 


evidence so presented, and of any other evidence of. 


which they may be cognizant, a majority of the 
Bishops of this Church entitled to vote in the House 
of Bishops shall consent to the proposed ordination 
and consecration under the provisions of Article III. 
of the Constitution, the Presiding Bishop shall take 
order therefor in the same manner as order is pre- 
scribed to be taken by him in the consecration of 
Bishops in this Church, the Order of Consecration 
being conformed, as nearly as may be in the judg- 


ment of the Bishops consecrating, to that used in this 
Church. 


§ III. Immediately after a consecration as herein 
provided shall have taken place, the Presiding Bishop 
shall lodge the original record of the statement and 
evidence above required, together with such other 
papers and documents as he may deem essential to 
the true and complete history of the proceedings, 
with the Registrar of the General Convention for 
preservation among the Archives of this Church. 


CANON 17. 
Of the Presiding Bishop. 


§ I. The Presiding Bishop, when elected accord- 
ing to the provisions of Article I., Section 3, of the 


Presiding 
Bishop to lay 
the whole 
record before 
the House of 
Bishops at 
their next 
session, if he 
deems the 
statement and 
evidence 
sufficient, 


Presiding 
Bishop to 
take order 
for the 
consecration. 


Record to be 
delivered to 
Registrar. 


67 





Duties. 


Stipend. 


Bishop to | 
reside in his 
jurisdiction. 


Bishops to 
visit each 
Church every 
three years, 


Council of 
Conciliation. 


CANON 18. 


Constitution, shall hold office for a term of six 
years, dating from the first day of January succeeding 
the General Convention at which he was elected. 


§ II. The Presiding Bishop shall preside over 
meetings of the House of Bishops, and shall take 
order for the consecration of Bishops when duly 
elected. He shall also perform all other duties 
prescribed for him by other Canons of the General 
Convention. 


§ III. The stipend of the Presiding Bishop and 
his necessary expenses shall be provided for in the 
budget approved by the General Convention. 


CANON 18. 
Of Duties of Bishops. 


§ I. It shall be the duty of every Bishop of this 
Church to reside within the limits of his jurisdiction; 
nor shall he absent himself therefrom for more than 
three months without the consent of the Convention 
or the Standing Committee of the Diocese, or, in the 
case of a Missionary Bishop, without the consent of 
the Presiding Bishop. 


§ II. [i.] Every Bishop shall visit the Congrega- 
tions within his Diocese or Missionary District at 
least once in three years, for the purposes of examin- 
ing their condition, inspecting the behavior of the 
Clergy, administering Confirmation, preaching the 
Word, and at his discretion celebrating the Sacra- 
ment of the Lord’s Supper. 


[11.] If a Bishop shall for three years have de- 
clined to visit a Parish or Congregation, the Minister 
and Vestry [or the Corporation], or the Bishop, may 
apply to the Presiding Bishop to appoint the five 
Bishops in charge of Dioceses who live nearest to the 
Diocese in which such Church or Congregation may 











GANONSALS. 


eee See 











be situated as a Council of Conciliation, who shall 
amicably determine all matters of difference between 
the parties, and each party shall conform to the 
decision of the Council in the premises; Provided, 
that in case of any subsequent trial of either party 
for failure to conform to such decision, any con- 
stitutional or canonical right of the defendant in the 
premises may be pleaded and established as a suff- 
cient defense, notwithstanding such former decision; 
and, Provided, further, that in any case the Bishop 
may at any time apply for such Council of Concilia- 
tion. If the Presiding Bishop shall be the party 
within whose jurisdiction the Parish or Congregation 
may be, then the application shall be made to the 
Bishop next in seniority. 


[iii.] Every Bishop shall keep a record of all his Bishop to 
official acts, which record shall be the property of the “‘?"*°°r* 
Diocese, and shall be transmitted to his successor. 


§ III. Every Bishop shall deliver, at least once in Charges and 

i ‘ : Pastoral 

three years, a Charge to the Clergy of his Diocese Letters. 

or Missionary District, unless prevented by reason- 

able cause; and may, from time to time, address to 

the people of his Diocese or Missionary District 

Pastoral Letters on points of Christian doctrine, 

worship, or manners, which he may require the 


Clergy to read to their congregations. 


§ IV. At every Annual Convention or Convoca- Bishop to 
deliver a 


tion the Bishop shall make a statement of the affairs pag t ss 
of the Diocese or Missionary District since the last Convention. 
meeting of the Convention or Convocation; the 
names of the Churches which he has visited; the 
number of persons confirmed; the names of those 
who have been received as Candidates for Holy 
Orders, and of those who have been ordained, and 
of those who have been by him suspended or deposed 


from the Ministry; the changes by death, removal, 
69 











Ecclesiastical 
Authority in 
case of a 
Bishop’s 
absence. 


Any Bishop 
may be 
invited to 
perform 
Episcopal 
offices in 

a vacant 
Diocese. 


Convention 
may place 

a vacant 
Diocese under 
charge of 

a Bishop. 


CANON 18. 





or otherwise, which have taken place among the 
Clergy; and all matters tending to throw light upon 
the affairs of the Diocese or Missionary District; 
which statement shall be inserted in the Journal. 


§ V. It shall be the duty of a Bishop, whenever 
leaving his Diocese or District for the space of six 
calendar months, to authorize, by writing, under his 
hand and seal, the Bishop Coadjutor, or, should there 
be none, the Standing Committee of the Diocese, or 
the Council of Advice of the District, to act as the 
Ecclesiastical Authority thereof during his absence. 
The Bishop Coadjutor, or, should there be none, the 
Standing Committee, may become at any time the 
Ecclesiastical Authority upon the written request of 
the Bishop, and continue to act as such until the 
request be revoked by him in writing. 


§ VI. [i.] Any Bishop of this Church may, on 
the invitation of the Convention or of the Standing 
Committee of any Diocese where there is no Bishop* 
or where the Bishop is for the time under a disability 
to perform Episcopal offices by reason of a judicial 
sentence, visit and perform Episcopal offices in that 
Diocese, or in any part thereof; and this invitation 
may be for a stated period, and may be at any time 
revoked. 

[ii.] A Diocese without a Bishop, or of which 
the Bishop is for the time under a disability by rea- 
son of a judicial sentence, may, by its Convention, 
be placed under the provisional charge and authority 
of the Bishop or Bishop Coadjutor of another Dio- 
cese, who shall by that act be authorized to perform all 
the duties and offices of the Bishop of the Diocese so 
vacant or whose Bishop is under disability, until, in 
the case of a vacant Diocese a Bishop be duly elected 
and consecrated for the same; or in the case of a 
Diocese whose Bishop is disabled, until the disqualifi- 

















CANON 18. 


cation be removed; or, until, in either case, the said 
act of the Convention be revoked. 


[iii.] A Diocese, while under the provisional 
charge of a Bishop, shall not invite any other Bishop 
to perform any Episcopal duty or exercise authority. 


SyVITF (1. | If the Bishop’ of a Diocese,”or a 
Bishop Coadjutor, shall desire to resign his jurisdic- 
tion, he shall send in writing to the Presiding Bishop 
his resignation with the reasons therefor. This com- 
munication shall be sent at least thirty days before 
the date set for a regular or a special meeting of the 
House of Bishops. The Presiding Bishop shall with- 
out delay send a copy of the communication to every 
Bishop of this Church having ecclesiastical jurisdic- 
tion, and also to the Standing Committee of the Dio- 
cese of the Bishop desiring to resign, in order that 
the Standing Committee may on behalf of the 
Diocese be heard either in person or by correspond- 
ence upon the subject. The House during its session 
shall investigate the whole case, and by a majority of 
those present accept or refuse the resignation. 


[11.] In case the resignation be sent to the Pre- 
siding Bishop at a time when no regular or special 
meeting of the House is about to be held, he shall 
exercise his discretion as to calling a special meeting. 

[111.] The House of Bishops may accept the resig- 
nation of a Missionary Bishop at any session of the 
House by a vote of not less than two-thirds of those 
present. 

[iv.] In all cases of a proposed resignation, the 
House of Bishops shall cause their proceedings to be 
recorded in their Journal; and the resignation shall 
be completed when the vote of the House of Bishops, 
accepting the same, shall be so recorded. It shall 
then be the duty of the Presiding Officer of the 
House of Bishops to pronounce such resignation 








In that case 
no other 
Bishop to be 
invited. 


A Bishop 
desiring to 
resign. 





Proceedings 
to be recorded 
and notice 
sent to House 
of Deputies, 
and to Eccle- 
siastical 
Authority of 
every 
jurisdiction. 





71 








Pension fora 
Missionary 
Bishop who 
has resigned. 


Whena 
Bishop who 
has resigned 
his jurisdic- 
tion may 
perform 


Episcopal acts. 


To be still 
subject to 
Canons. 


If Presiding 
Bishop is 
disabled. 


Wherea 
Missionary 
Bishop may 
exercise 
jurisdiction. 


Notice to be 
sent to Arch- 
bishops and 
Presiding 
Bishops of the 
designation of 
any Foreign 
Missionary 
District. 


72 


GAIN OW FL9.. 


complete, and to communicate the fact to the House 
of Deputies, if in session, and to the Ecclesiastical 
Authority of each Diocese and Missionary District. 

[v.] In case of the acceptance of the resignation 
of a Missionary Bishop for cause of age or disability, 
he shall receive from the National Council a pension 
not less than one-half of his previous salary. 

[vi.] A Bishop whose resignation has been ac- 
cepted may perform Episcopal acts at the request of 
any Bishop of this Church, having ecclesiastical juris- 
diction, within the limits of his jurisdiction. 

[vii.] A Bishop who ceases to have .Episcopal 
charge shall still be subject in all matters to the 
Canons and authority of the General Convention. 


§ VIII. In the event of the disability of the 
Presiding Bishop, the Bishop who, according to the 
Rules of the House of Bishops, becomes its Presiding 
Officer, shall be substituted for the Presiding Bishop 
for all the purposes of these Canons. 


CANON 19. 
Of Duties of Missionary Bishops. 


§ I. Missionary Bishops shall exercise jurisdic- 
tion in States and Territories, or parts thereof, or 
in territory belonging to the United States, not 
organized into Dioceses, or in any Missionary Dis- 
trict of this Church, beyond the limits of the United 
States, in conformity with the Constitution and 
Canons of this Church, and under such regulations 
and instructions, not inconsistent therewith, as the 
House of Bishops may prescribe. 


§ II. Notice shall be sent to all Archbishops and 
Metropolitans, and all Presiding Bishops of Churches 
in communion with this Church, of the designation 
of any Foreign Missionary District, and of the con- 
secration of any Foreign Missionary Bishop. Such 

















CANON 19. 


_ Bishop, either already consecrated or to be conse- 


crated, shall exercise his mission within his defined 
| District, and it is hereby declared as the judgment of 
this Church, that no two Bishops of Churches in 
' communion with each other should exercise jurisdic- 
tion in the same place. 








§ III. Every such Bishop shall report annually Missionary 


Set : a 3 Bishops to 
| to the Presiding Bishop his proceedings, and the petaees 
| state and condition of the Church, within his Mis- Bishop. 





| sionary District, such report to be transmitted by 
| the Presiding Bishop to the National Council. Every 
such report shall state the amount contributed in each 
vear by the said District for Episcopal support. 


§ IV. [1.] On the formation of a Missionary rnin 
1snho 16) 


District the Bishop consecrated therefor, or assigned pee G orate) 
thereto, shall, for the administration of his jurisdic- ee se 
tion, adopt the Canons approved by the House of 

Bishops for Missionary Districts, or he may select 

the Constitution and Canons of one of the Dioceses 

of this Church, which shall remain in force, so far 

as applicable to the circumstances of such Mission- 

ary District, except so far as altered by the Bishop 

and Convocation from time to time with the approba- 


tion of the Presiding Bishop of the Church. 


[1i.] Every Missionary Bishop shall appoint an- Council of 
nually a Council of Advice, to be composed of not 
| less than two or more than four Presbyters, and an 

equal number of Laymen, communicants of this 
Church, resident within his Missionary District, who 
shall perform the duties of a Standing Committee 
for such District, except in so far as these Canons 
otherwise provide, and who shall continue in office 
until their successors are appointed, and shall, so 
far as the circumstances of the District permit, be 
governed by the Constitution and Canons that have 
been adopted for such District. 











73 











Wardens to 
give notice to 
Bishop when 
Parish or 
Congregation 
becomes 
vacant. 


Election to a 
Parish or | 
Congregation. 


Certificate to 
Ecclesiastical 
Authority. 


Ministers 
settled when 
engaged for at 
least one 

year. 


Certificate 
in case of 
Assistant 
Minister. 


74 


CANON 20. 





CANON 20. 


Of the Filling of Vacant Cures. 


§ I. When a Parish or Congregation becomes 
vacant the Churchwardens or other proper officers 
shall notify the fact to the Bishop. If the authorities 
of the Parish shall for thirty days have failed to 
make provision for the services, it shall be the duty 
of the Bishop to take such measures as he may deem 
expedient for the temporary maintenance of Divine 
services therein. 


§ II. No election of a Rector shall be had until 
the name of the Clergyman whom it is proposed to 
elect has been made known to the Bishop, if there 
be one, and sufficient time, not exceeding thirty 
days, has been given to him to communicate with the 
Vestry thereon. 


§ III. Written notice of the election, signed by 
the Churchwardens, shall be sent to the Ecclesiastical 
Authority of the Diocese. If the Ecclesiastical Au- 
thority be satisfied that the person so chosen is a 
duly qualified Minister, and that he has accepted 
the office, the notice shall be sent to the Secretary of 
the Convention, who shall record it. And _ such 
record shall be sufficient evidence of the relation 
between the Minister and the Parish. 


§ IV. A Minister is settled, for all purposes here 
or elsewhere mentioned in these Canons, who has 
been engaged permanently by any Parish, according - 
to the rules of said Diocese, or for any term not less 
than one year. 


§ V. In case of the election of an Assistant 
Minister, a certificate from the Rector and Wardens 
shall be sent to the Bishop. 














CANON 21. 





CANON 21. 
Of Ministers and Their Duties. 


§ I. [1.] The control of the worship and the 
spiritual jurisdiction of the Parish, are vested in 
the Rector, subject to the Rubrics of the Book of 
Common Prayer, the Canons of the Church, and 
the godly counsel of the Bishop. All other Min- 
isters of the Parish, by whatever name they may 
be designated, are to be regarded as under the 
authority of the Rector. 


[11.] For the purposes of his office and for the 
full and free discharge of all functions and duties 
pertaining thereto, the Rector shall, at all times, 
be entitled to the use and control of the Church 
and Parish buildings with the appurtenances and 
furniture thereof. 


[ui.] In a Missionary Cure the control and re- 
sponsibility belong to the Priest who has been duly 
appointed to the charge thereof, subject to the 
authority of the Bishop. 


§ IT. [1.] It shall be the duty of Mi£nisters of 
this Church who have charge of Parishes or Cures 
to be diligent in instructing the children in the 
Catechism, and from time to time to examine them 
in the same publicly before the Congregation. 
They shall also, by stated catechetical lectures and 
instruction, inform the youth and others in the 
Doctrines, Polity, History, and Liturgy of the 
Church. They shall also instruct all persons in 
their Parishes and Cures concerning all the mission- 
ary work of the Church at home and abroad, and 
give suitable opportunities for offerings to main- 
tain that work. 

[1i1.] It shall be the duty of Ministers to pre- 
pare young persons and others for Confirmation; 


Control of 

the worship 
and spiritual 
jurisdiction of 
Parish vested 
in Rector. 


Rector to 
have use and 
control of 
Church and 
Parish 
buildings. 


Priest in 
charge to 
have control 
in a Mission- 
ary Cure. 


Duties of 
Ministers in 
charge of 
Parishes or 
Cures. 


Duty in 
reference 
to Bishop’s 
visitation. 











GHAI OW M271 § 














At Bishop’s 
visitation 

to give 
information 
of the state 

of the : 
Congregation. 


Alms and 
offerings for 
the poor. 


Almoner. 


Ministers to 
read Pastoral 
Letter to 


Congregations. 


76 


and on notice being received from the Bishop of 
his intention to visit any Church, which notice 
shall be at least one month before the intended 
visitation, the Minister shall announce the fact 
to the Congregation on the first Sunday after the 
receipt of such notice; and he shall be ready to 
present for Confirmation such persons as he shall 
judge to be qualified, and shall deliver to the 
Bishop a list of the names of those to be con- 
firmed. 


[iii.] At every visitation it shall be the duty of 
the Minister, and of the Churchwardens, or Vestry- 
men, or of some other officer, to exhibit to the 
Bishop the Parish Register and to give informa- 
tion to him of the state of the Congregation, 
spiritual and temporal, under such heads as_ shall 
have been previously signified to them, in writing, 
by the Bishop. 


{iv.]| The Alms and Contributions, not other- 
wise specifically designated, at the Administration 
of the Holy Communion on one Sunday in each 
calendar month, and other offerings for the poor, 
shall be deposited with the Minister of the Parish, 
or with such Church officer as shall be appointed 
by him, to be applied by the Minister, or under his 
superintendence, to such pious and charitable uses 
as shall by him be thought fit. During a vacancy 
the Vestry shall appoint a responsible person to 
serve as Almoner. 


[v.] Whenever the House of Bishops shall put 
forth a Pastoral Letter, it shall be the duty of 
every Minister having a pastoral charge to read 
it to his Congregation on some occasion of public 
worship on a Lord’s Day, not later than one month 
after the receipt of the same. 

















CANON 21. 





§ III. [1.] It shall be the duty of every Minis- 
ter of this Church to record in the Parish Register 
all Baptisms, Confirmations, Marriages, Burials, 
and the names of all Communicants within his 
Cure. 


li] «Lhe “registry” of ‘every 
signed by the officiating Minister. 


Baptism shall be 


[ui.] Every Minister of this Church shall make 
out and continue, as far as practicable, a list of all 
families and adult persons within his Cure, to re- 
main in the Parish for the use of his successor. 


§ IV. [i.] Church shall 
officiate, either by preaching, reading prayers in 
public worship, or by performing any _ other 
priestly or ministerial function, in the Parish, or 
within the Cure, of another Minister, without the 
consent of the Minister of that Parish or Cure; 
or of one of its Churchwardens if, in his absence 
or disability, the Minister fail to provide for the 
stated services of such Parish or Cure. 


No Minister of this 


If there be two or more Congregations or 
Churches in one Cure, as provided by Canon 57, 
Section III. [11.], the consent of the majority of 
the Ministers of such Congregations or Churches 
or of the Bishop, shall be sufficient; Provided, that 
nothing in this Section shall be construed to pre- 
vent any Clergyman of this Church from officiat- 
ing, with the consent of a Minister, in the Church 
or place of public worship used by the Congrega- 
tion of such Minister, or in private for members of 
his Congregation; or, in his absence, with the con- 
sent of the Churchwardens or Trustees of such 
Congregation; and Provided, moreover, that the 
license of the Ecclesiastical Authority required in 
§ V. [ill] be first obtained when necessary. 





To keepa 
register of 
official acts. 





Register of 
baptisms to 
be signed by 
officiant. 


List of 
families 
and adults 
in his Cure. 


Not to 

officiate in 
another’s Cure 
without 
consent, 





In case there 
are two 

or more 
Congregations 
or churches 

in one Cure. 





77 








Exception. 


Neglecting to 
perform 
services of 
the Church. 


To present a 
testimonial to 
Ecclesiastical 
Authority 
when coming 
intoa 
Diocese or 
District. 


78 







QA N'OING 2.1). 


This rule shall not apply to any Church, Chapel, 
or Oratory, which is part of the premises of an 
incorporated institution, created by legislative au- 
thority, provided that such place of worship is 
designed and set apart for the convenience and 
uses of such institution, and not as a place for 
public or parochial worship. 


[ii.] If any Minister of this Church, from dis- 
ability or any other cause, neglect to perform the 
regular services in his Congregation, and refuse, 
without good cause, his consent to any other duly 
qualified Minister of this Church to officiate within 
his Cure, the Churchwardens, Vestrymen, or 
Trustees of the Congregation shall, on proof be- 
fore the Ecclesiastical Authority of the Diocese or 
Missionary District of such neglect or refusal, 
have power, with the written consent of the 
said authority, to permit any duly qualified Minis- 
ter of this Church to officiate. 


§ V. [i.] A Minister of this Church removing 
into a Diocese or Missionary District shall, in 
order to gain canonical residence within the same, 
present to the Ecclesiastical Authority thereof, a 
testimonial from the Ecclesiastical Authority of the 
Diocese or Missionary District in which he last 
had canonical residence, which testimonial shall 
set forth his true standing and character. The said 
testimonial shall be given by the Ecclesiastical 
Authority to the applicant, and a duplicate thereof 
may be sent to the Ecclesiastical Authority of the 
Diocese or Missionary District to which he pro- 
poses to remove. The testimonial may be in the 
following words: 


I hereby certify that the Reverend A. B., who 
has signified to me his desire to be transferred to 
the Ecclesiastical Authority of iS 











CANON 21. 


a Presbyter [or Deacon] of in good 
standing, and has not, so far as I know or believe, 
been justly liable to evil report, for error in re- 
ligion or for viciousness of life, for three years last 
past. 

(Signed) 


[11.] Such testimonial shall be called Letters 
Dimissory. The canonical residence of the Minister 
so transferred shall date from the acceptance of his 
Letters Dimissory, of which prompt notice shall be 
given both to the applicant and to the Ecclesiastical 
Authority from which it came. 

[u1.] Letters Dimissory not presented within six 
months from the date of their transmission to the 
applicant shall become wholly void. No Minister 
shall officiate more than two months, by preaching, 
ministering the Sacraments, or holding any public 
service, within the limits of any Diocese or Mission- 
ary District other than that in which he is canonically 
resident, without a license from the Ecclesiastical 
Authority. 

[iv.] If a Minister, removing into another Dio- 
cese, who has been called to a Cure in a Parish or 
Congregation, shall present Letters Dimissory in the 
form above given, it shall be the duty of the Eccle- 
siastical Authority of the Diocese to which he has 
removed, to accept them within three months, unless 
the Bishop or Standing Committee shall have heard 
rumors, which he or they believe to be well founded, 
against the character of the Minister concerned, 
which would form a proper ground of canonical 
inquiry and presentment, in which case the Eccle- 
siastical Authority shall communicate the same to 
the Bishop or Standing Committee of the Diocese to 
whose jurisdiction the said Minister belongs; and 
in such case, it shall not be the duty of the Eccle- 





Date when 
transfer shall 
take effect. 


When Letters 
Dimissory 
void. 


License 
required to 
officiate. 


When Letters 
Dimissory 
need not be 
accepted. 


79 











Before 
removing into 
a Diocese, 

to obtain 
certificate of 
Ecclesiastical 
Authority. 


No person 
refused : 
ordination in 
any Diocese to 
be afterwards 
transferred 
thereto with- 
out consent 

of Bishop. 


Limitation 
of transfer. 


Subject to © 
Ecclesiastical 
Authority. 


80 





CANON 22. 


siastical Authority to accept the Letters Dimissory 
unless and until the Minister shall be exculpated 
from the said charge. 

[v.] No Minister, removing from one Diocese or 
Missionary District to another, shall officiate as 
Rector or Minister of any Parish or Congregation of 
the Diocese or District to which he removes, until he 
shall have obtained from the Ecclesiastical Authority 
thereof a certificate in the words following: 

I hereby certify that the Reverend A. B. has been 
canonically transferred to my jurisdiction and is a 
Minister in good standing. 


(Signed ) 


[vi.] No person who has been refused Ordina- 
tion or reception as a Candidate in any Diocese or 
Missionary District, and who has afterwards been 
ordained in another Diocese or Missionary District, 
shall be transferred to the Diocese or Missionary 
District in which such refusal has taken place with- 
out the consent of its Bishop or Ecclesiastical Au- 
thority. 

[vii.] No person who has. been ordained under 
the provisions of Canon 5 shall be transferred to 
another Diocese or Missionary District, save as pro- 
vided in the said Canon. 


CANON 22. 
Of Deacons. 

§ I. Every Deacon shall be subject to the direc- 
tion of the Bishop of the Diocese or Missionary 
District for which he has been ordained, or, if there 
be no Bishop, to that of the Clerical members of the 
Standing Committee, acting by their President, until 
he is canonically transferred to some other jurisdic- 
tion. He shall officiate in such places only as the 


Bishop, or the Clerical members of the Standing ~ 


Committee, as the case may be, may designate. He 























CANON 238. 














shall not accept any appointment for work outside 
the Diocese to which he canonically belongs without 
the written consent both of his own Bishop and of 
the Bishop in whose Diocese he desires to minister. 


§ II. No Deacon who shall not have passed the 
examinations prescribed in Canon 4 shall be trans- 
ferred to another jurisdiction without the written 
request of the Ecclesiastical Authority of the same. 


So Ei Live] 14} tn YN oseeacofinshallie he .awiRectormofta 
Parish or Congregation, nor be permitted to accept a 
Chaplaincy in the Army or Navy. 

[ii.] A Deacon ministering in a Parish or Con- 
gregation under the charge of a Priest, shall act 
under the direction of such Priest in all his ministra- 
tions. 

[111.] A Deacon ministering in a Parish or Con- 
gregation not under the charge of a Priest, shall, if 
not under the immediate direction of the Bishop, be 
placed under the authority of some neighboring 
Priest, by whose direction in subordination to the 
Bishop, he shall in all things be governed. 


CANON 23. 


Of Persons not Ministers in this Church Officiating in 
any Congregation Thereof. 


No Minister in charge of any Congregation of this 
Church, or, in case of vacancy or absence, 
Churchwardens, Vestrymen, or Trustees of the Con- 
gregation, shall permit any: person to officiate therein, 
without sufficient evidence of his being duly licensed 
or ordained to minister in this Church; Provided, 
that nothing herein shall be so construed as to forbid 
communicants of the Church to act as Lay Readers; 
or to prevent the Bishop of any Diocese or Mission- 
ary District from giving permission to Christian 
men, who are not Ministers of this Church, to make 
addresses in the Church, on special occasions. 


no 


Not to be 
transferred 
until exam- 
ination for 
Priesthood be 
passed, with- 
out request. 


Not to be 
Rector of a 
Parish or 
Chaplain in 
Army or 
Navy. 


To act under 
direction of 
the Rector. 


If there is no 
Rector, to 
act under 
direction 

of a Priest. 


No person to 
minister in 
this Church 
unless duly 
authorized. 





81 











: CANON 24. 


CANON 24. 
Of Deaconesses. | 
Appointment. § I. A woman of devout character and approved | 
fitness, unmarried or widowed, may be admitted a | 
Deaconess by any Bishop having jurisdiction in this 
Church. Her office shall be vacated by marriage. 


Does § II]. The duty of a Deaconess is to teach the un- 
learned, to instruct youth, to care for the sick, to com- 
fort the afflicted, to supply the wants of the poor and 
needy and to labor in all ways for the extension of 
the Church of Christ. 

Age. § III. No one shall be admitted a Deaconess until 
she is twenty-five years of age; Provided, that this 
article shall not apply to those who began their train- 
ing prior to January lst, 1926. 





Gandidacy: § IV. (a) A woman desiring reception as candi- 
date for the office of Deaconess shall submit to the 
Bishop of the Diocese or Missionary District letters 
of recommendation from her Rector and from two 
women communicants of the Church, together with 
evidence that she is a communicant of the Church in 
good standing; and a graduate of a High School, or 
of a school with standards equivalent to a High 
School; or is prepared to take such examinations as 
shall qualify her for reception. 

(b) During the period of candidacy, she shall be 
under the supervision of the Bishop, and shall report 
to him quarterly at the Ember seasons. If possible 
at least one-half of the time of her preparation shall 
be spent in residence with Deaconesses, or at a 
Church Training School. 

(c) No one shall be admitted a Deaconess within 
two years from her reception as a candidate, unless 
the Bishop, with the advice and consent of a majority 
of all the members of the Standing Committee or 


Council of Advice, shall shorten the time of her 
82 











CANON 24. 
le babel RAST IS: eh RNA a Nik Be Fas Mb, th SO OPO OES 


candidateship; but the time shall not be shortened to 
less than one year. 


§ V. No woman shall be admitted a Deaconess Admission to 
' until she shall have laid before the Bishop testimonials ee sa 
| showing that she is a communicant of this Church, in 

| good standing, and that she possesses such charac- 

teristics as, in the judgment of the persons testifying, 

fit her for the duties of her office. The testimonials 

of fitness shall be signed by four presbyters of this 

Church, and eight lay communicants, six of whom 

shall be women. For due cause a Bishop may remove 

the name from the list of candidates. 





§ VI. A candidate for the Office of Deaconess Examination 

, : ; : Required. 
shall be required to pass an examination on subjects 
prescribed in this Canon. This examination shall be 
conducted by examiners appointed by the Bishop. 
The results of the examination shall be certified to 
the Bishop and Standing Committee or Council of 
Advice of the Diocese or Missionary District. 


§ VII. A candidate for the Office of Deaconess ss ei 

shall be required to furnish evidence that she has had 

at least nine months of field work under competent 
supervision, or satisfactory previous experience in 

social service, educational, parish or mission work; 

and shall also sustain satisfactory examination in the 

| following subjects: 

1. Holy Scripture. The Bible in English; intro- 

duction to and contents of the various books; special 

knowledge of at least one Gospel and one Epistle. 








| 
| 2. Church History. A general outline, including 
| the History of the Church in the United States, and 
special knowledge of the first five centuries. 

3. Christian Missions. History. Present extent 
and methods. At least one missionary biography. 

4. Doctrine. Contents and teaching of the Book 

















Admitted by 
Religious 
Service. 


Authority. 


Diocesan 
Relation. 


84 


CANON 24. 





of Common, Prayer, including preparation for the 
Sacraments. 

5. Ministration. The office and work of a Deac- 
oness; Parish Work and Organization. 

6. Religious Education. Psychology; Educational 
methods; Church School Management. 


7. Social Service. Principles involved in the ad- 
justment of individuals to each other and to the com- 
munity; the methods of social case work; familiarity 
with the recognized standards of the work of social 
organizations including institutions. 


§ VIII. When the requirements specified have 
been complied with, the Bishop may admit a candi- 
date as Deaconess. The Bishop must have received 
the recommendation of the Standing Committee or 
Council of Advice of the Diocese, or Missionary 
District, to which the candidate belongs. 


§ IX. No woman shall be recognized as Deaconess 
until she has been admitted to that office by a Bishop 
in accordance with a service prescribed either by the 
General Convention, or, in the absence of such pre- 
scription, by the Bishop of the Diocese, or Mission- 
ary District. . 

§ X. A Deaconess shall not accept work in a 
Diocese or Missionary District without the express 
authority in writing of the Bishop of that Diocese or 
Missionary District; nor shall she undertake work in 
a Parish without the like authority from the Rector 
of the Parish. No candidate shall be admitted as 
Deaconess until she shall have been appointed to 
serve in some position under the jurisdiction of the 
Church. 

§ XI. When not connected with a Parish, the 
Deaconess shall be under the direct oversight of the 
Ecclesiastical Authority of the Diocese or Missionary 
District to which she is canonically attached. A 




















CANON 25. 


Deaconess may be transferred from one Diocese or 
Missionary District to another by Letters Dimissory. 
A Deaconess may at any time resign her office to the 
Ecclesiastical Authority of the Diocese or Missionary 
District in which she is canonically resident, but she 
may not be suspended or removed from office except 
by the Bishop for cause. A Deaconess thus suspended 
or removed may demand a trial by a special Court, to 
be composed of two Clergymen, one lay male com- 
municant and three women communicants of this 
Church, of whom two shall preferably be Deaconesses. 
The members of this Court shall be chosen by the 
Standing Committee, or- Council of Advice. The 
procedure of the Court shall be according to the 


rules governing the trial of a clergyman in the Diocese » 


or Missionary District in which the Deaconess is 
canonically resident. | 


CANON 25. 
Of Religious Communities. 


§ I. A religious community of men or of women 
desiring the official recognition of the Church shall 
submit for his approval its Rule and Constitution to 
the Bishop of the Diocese wherein the Mother-house 
of the community is sftuated; and no change in the 
Rule or Constitution shall be made without his 
approval. 


§ II. In such Constitution there shall be a dis- 
tinct recognition of the Doctrine, Discipline, and 
Worship of this Church as of supreme authority. 


§ III. No religious community shall establish it- 
self in another Diocese without permission of the 
Bishop of that Diocese. 


§ IV. The community may elect a Chaplain, but 
if he be a Priest who is not canonically resident in 


Rule and 





Constitution to 


be approved 
by Bishop. 


Chaplain. 


85 

















Book of 
Common 
Prayer to 
be used. 


Property to 
be held in 
trust. 


Visitor. 


Official 
recognition 
not to be 
withdrawn. 


the Diocese, he must be licensed by the Bishop. Any 
Priest ministering in a chapel of a religious com- 
munity shall be responsible to the Bishop of the Dio- 
cese for his ministrations, in the same manner as a 
parochial Clergyman. 


§ V. In the administration of the Sacraments the 
Book of Common Prayer shall be used without altera- 
tion, save as it may be lawfully permitted by lawful 
authority. 


§ VI. It shall be provided in the Constitution of 
a religious community that real estate and endow- 
ments belonging to the community shall be held in 
trust for the community as a body in communion 
with this Church. 


§ VII. Members of a religious community who 
are in Holy Orders shall be subject to all canonical 
regulations concerning the Clergy. 


§ VIII. Provision shall be made in the Consti- 
tution for the appointment of a Visitor, with the 
approval of the Bishop of the Diocese in which the 
Mother-house is situated, if the Bishop is himself un- 
willing to serve in such capacity. It shall be the 
duty of the Visitor to see that the Constitution and 
Rule, as approved, are duly observed, and to receive 
and hear appeals either from the community or from 
individual members thereof as to transgressions of 
the Rule. No full member of a community shall be 
dismissed therefrom without appeal to the Visitor, 
nor shall any be released from his or her obligations 
thereto without the Visitor’s sanction. 


§ IX. It shall not be within the power of a suc- 
ceeding Bishop to withdraw the official recognition 
that has been given to a Religious Community, pro- 
vided, that the conditions laid down in this Canon 
are observed. 














CANON 26. 


CANON 26. 
Of Lay Readers. 


§ I. A competent person ready and desirous to 
serve the Church in the public services statedly as a 
Lay Reader must procure from the Bishop or Eccle- 
siastical Authority of the Diocese or Missionary Dis- 
trict a written license. Such license shall not be 
granted to any but a male communicant of this 
Church, and must be given for a definite period, not 
longer than one year, but may be renewed from time 
to time, or revoked at any time. Such license may 
be given for any vacant Parish or Mission, or for 
a Congregation without a Minister, but where a 
Presbyter is in charge, his request and recommenda- 
tion must have been previously signified to the 
Ecclesiastical Authority. A license shall not be 
granted for conducting the service in a Congregation 
without a Minister, which is able and has had rea- 
sonable opportunity to secure the services of an 
ordained Minister. If the Lay Reader be a student 
in any Theological Seminary, he shall also, before 
acting as such, obtain the permission of the presiding 
officer of such institution and of his own Bishop. 


ell. A Lay header. shall ibe subject: (to. the 
regulations prescribed by the Ecclesiastical Authority, 
and shall not serve in any Diocese other than that in 
which he is licensed, unless he shall have received a 
license from the Bishop of the Diocese in which he 
desires to serve. 


§ III. In all matters relating to the conduct of 
’ the service, and to the Sermons or Homilies to be 
read, he shall conform to the directions of the 
Minister in charge of the Parish, Congregation, or 
Mission in which he is serving, and, in all cases, to 
the directions of the Bishop. He shall read only the 


License 
required. 


Subject to 
Ecclesiastical 
Authority. 


Mode of 
conducting 
service. 





Directions and 


restrictions. 


87 











Every 
Minister 
amenable 

to the 
Ecclesiastical 
Authority. 


Mode of 

serving notice 
or citation 

for trial. 


CANON 27. 


Morning and Evening Prayer (omitting the Absolu- 
tion), the Litany, and the Office for the Burial of 
the Dead. He shall not deliver sermons or addresses 
of his own composition, unless, after instruction and 
examination, he be specially licensed thereto for 
urgent needs by the Bishop. He shall not wear the 
dress appropriate to Clergymen ministering in the 
Congregation. 


CANON 27. 


Of Amenability and Citations. 


§ I. A Minister shall be amenable for offences 
committed by him, to the Bishop, and, if there be no 
Bishop, to the Standing Committee of the Diocese in 
which he is canonically resident at the time the 
charge is made. 


§ II. Unless a Diocesan Convention shall other- 
wise provide, and except in so far as otherwise 
ordered in the Canon relating to the trial of a 
Bishop, a notice or citation required by any law of 
this Church to any Minister to appear, at a certain 
time and place, for the trial of an offence, shall be 
deemed to be duly served upon him if a copy thereof 
be given him personally or be left at his last usual 
place of abode within the United States, sixty days 
before the day of appearance named therein; and in 
case such Minister has departed from the United 
States, if a copy of such citation be also published 
once a week for six successive weeks in such news- 
paper printed in the Diocese or Missionary District 


in which the Minister is cited to appear as the Eccle- © 


siastical Authority shall designate, the last publica- 
tion to be six months before the said day of appear- 
ance. Acceptance of service will render unnecessary 
any further process of citation. 




















CANON 28. 





§ III. A _ notice or citation, other than those 
above mentioned, required by any law of this Church, 
when no other mode of service is provided, may be 
served personally, or by registered mail, addressed to 
the person to be served, at his last known place of 
residence, or by leaving a copy at his last usual place 
of abode within the United States. 


§ IV. It is hereby declared to be the duty of all 
members of this Church to attend and give evidence, 


when duly cited in any Ecclesiastical trial or investi- 


gation under the authority of this Church. 


§ V. In the case of a Minister convicted in a 
Court of Record of any crime or misdemeanor in- 
volving immorality, or against whom a judgment has 
been entered in a Court of Record, in a cause involv- 
ing immorality, it shall be the duty of the Standing 
Committee of the Diocese or of the Council of 
Advice of the Missionary District to which he 
canonically belongs, to institute an inquiry into the 
matter. If, in their judgment, there is sufficient 
reason for further proceedings, it shall be their 
duty to present him, or to cause that he be presented, 
for trial. ’ 


CANON 28. 
Of Offences for Which Bishops, Priests, or Deacons May 
Be Tried. 


§ I. A Bishop, Priest, or Deacon of this Church 
shall be liable to presentment and trial for the fol- 
lowing offences, viz. : 


(a) Crime or immorality. 


(b) Holding and teaching publicly or privately, 
and advisedly, any doctrine contrary to that held by 
this Church. 


Mode of 
serving other 
citations. 





Duty to give 
evidence. 





Case of a 
Minister 
convicted of | 
immorality in 
a Civil Court. 


List of 
offences. 





89 


CANON 28. 








Consent 
required for 


Opportunity 
to be heard. 





Time within 
which 
presentment 
must 

made. 





Presentment. 


(c) Violation of the Rubrics of the Book of 
Common Prayer. | 


(d) Violation of the Constitution or Canons of 
the General Convention. 


(e) Violation of the Constitution or Canons of 
the Diocese or Missionary District to which he 
belongs. 


(f) Any act which involves a violation of his 
Ordination vows. . 


(g) Habitual neglect of the exercise of his 
Ministerial Office, without cause; or habitual neglect 
of Public Worship, and of the Holy Communion, 
according to the order and use of this Church. 


(h) Conduct unbecoming a Clergyman, Provided, 
that, in case of a charge of conduct unbecoming a 
Clergyman, before proceeding to a presentment, the 
consent of three-fourths of all the members of the 
Standing Committee or Council of Advice shall be 
required. 


And Provided, further, that in every such case 
the Standing Committee or Council of Advice shall 
first give to the accused Clergyman reasonable oppor- 
tunity to appear and to be heard, with or without 
counsel. 


On being found guilty, he shall be admonished, or 
shall be suspended or deposed from the Ministry, as 
shall be adjudged by the Trial Court, except as pro- 
vided in Canon 40, § III. 


§ II. No presentment shall be made or conviction 
had for any offense, unless the offense shall have 
been committed within five years immediately pre- 
ceding the time of the presentment. But if the 
accused shall have been convicted of the alleged 
offense in any Court of Record exercising criminal 
jurisdiction, notwithstanding five years may have 























CANON 29. 


elapsed since its commission, a presentment may be 
made at any time within one year after such convic- 
tion. 


CANON 29. 
Of the Court for the Trial of a Bishop. 


§ I. [1.] | There shall be a Court for the trial of a 
Bishop constituted as follows: the House of Bishops, 
upon the adoption of this Canon, shall choose three 
Bishops to serve as Judges of said Court for the 
term of three years; three Bishops to serve as afore- 
said for the term of six years, and three Bishops to 
serve as aforesaid for the term of nine years; and 
thereafter, at each General Convention, the House of 
Bishops shall choose three Bishops to serve as afore- 
said for the term of nine years in place of those 
whose term of office shall then have expired; Pro- 
vided, that if, during the trial of any case before 
said Court, the term of office of any of the Judges 
sitting on the said trial shall expire, the said Judge 
shall nevertheless be competent to act in the case 
until the termination of the trial. 


[11.] Upon the occurrence of a vacancy in said 
Court by death or otherwise, the remaining Judges 
shall have power to fill such vacancy, until the next 
General Convention, when the House of Bishops 
shall choose a Bishop to fill such vacancy, the Bishop 
so chosen to serve during the residue of the term, 
if any there be. 


[i1i.] Not less than six of said Judges shall con- 
stitute a quorum, but any less number may adjourn 
the Court from time to time. 


§ II. The said Court shall from time to time elect 
from its own members a President, who shall hold 


Mode of 
selecting 
Judges. 





Of filling 
vacancies. 


Of the 
Quorum. 


Mode of 
selecting 
President 
and Clerk. 





91 














Rules of 
procedure, 


Relationships 


which dis- 


qualify a 
Judge. 


Vacancy so 
arising how 
filled. 


In case the 
President is 
disqualified. 


Lay 
Assessors. 


CANON 29. 





office until the expiration of the term for which he 
was chosen Judge. The said Court shall appoint a 
Clerk, and, if necessary, an Assistant Clerk, who 
shall be Presbyters of this Church, to serve during 
the pleasure of the Court. 


§ III. The Court may establish rules of proce- 
dure not inconsistent with the Constitution and 
Canons of this Church, with power to alter or rescind 
the same. 


§ IV. If in a proceeding before said Court any 
of the Bishops composing it shall be an accuser or 
the accused, or shall be related to either by con- 
sanguinity or affinity in the direct ascending or 
descending line, or as brother, uncle, nephew, or first 
cousin, he shall not be competent to act in such case. 
If, by reason of any disability, a quorum cannot be 
had, the Bishops competent to act shall choose a 
Bishop or Bishops to complete the quorum for such 
proceeding in place of the Bishop or Bishops unable 
to act. 


§ V. If, in a proceeding before said Court, the 
President is disqualified, or is for any cause unable 
to act in the case, the Court shall elect a President 
pro tempore. 


§ VI. Whenever there shall be a trial before said 
Court, the Court shall appoint not less than two nor 
more than three lay communicants of this Church, 
learned in the law, as Assessors; but they shall have 
no vote in any case. It shall be their duty to give 
the Court an opinion on any question not theological, 
upon which the Court or any member thereof, or 
either party, shall desire an opinion. If a question 
shall arise, as to whether any question be or be not 
theological, it shall be decided by the Court by a 
majority of votes. 





| Dee a ars | 


CANON 80. | 





CANON 30. | 
Of the Mode of Presenting a Bishop for Trial. 


§ I. The presentment of a Bishop for holding May bepre- 


$ é 3 3 sented for 

| and teaching publicly or privately and advisedly doc- erroneous 

trine contrary to that held by this Church, shall be any three 
made by any three Bishops of this Church exercising fe 


jurisdiction. | 





Such presentment shall be in writing, signed and Bresen tie 
Oo bein 


verified by the Bishops presenting, and shall be writing. 
delivered to the Presiding Bishop. 





A lay communicant of this Church, of the pro- church 
fession of the law, shall be appointed by the Bishops pe acsintca. 
making presentment, to act as Church Advocate and 


as the legal adviser of such Bishops. | 
§ II. A Bishop may be charged with any one or May be | 


: . charged with 
more of the offences specified in Canon 28, other specified 


than that of holding and teaching doctrine contrary eal | 
to that held by this Church, by ten or more male °™™™@R'S 
communicants of this Church in good standing, of 

whom at least two shall be Presbyters. One Presby- 

ter and not less than six communicants shall belong 

to the Diocese or Missionary District of the accused, 

or, in case the accused have no jurisdiction, to the 

Diocese or District in which he has domicile. Such 

charges shall be in writing, signed by all the accusers, 

sworn to by two or more of them, and shall be pre- 

sented to the Presiding Bishop. The grounds of 

accusation must be set forth with reasonable cer- 

tainty of time, place, and circumstance. 





§ III. Whenever a Bishop shall have reason to A Bishop 
believe that there are in circulation rumors, reports, Bectaestina 
or allegations affecting his moral or religious charac- 
ter, he may, acting in conformity with the written 
advice and consent of any two Bishops of this 
Church, demand in writing of the Presiding Bishop | 
93 | 














CANON 30. 


The Presid- 
ing Bishop 
shall appoint 
Board of 
Inquiry. 


Legal adviser 
of Board. 


Duties of 
Board of 
Inquiry. 


Rules of 
evidence. 


Testimony to 
be preserved. 


May adjourn 
from time to 
time. 


94 


that investigation of said rumors, reports and allega- 
tions be made. 


§ IV. The Presiding Bishop, upon the receipt of 
such written charges or such written demand, shall 
summon not less than three nor more than seven 
Bishops, and, unless a majority of them shall deter- 
mine that such charges, if proved, would constitute 
no canonical offence, they shall select a Board of 
Inquiry of five Presbyters and five Laymen, none 
of whom shall belong to the Diocese of the accused, 
of whom eight shall form a quorum, and shall also 
appoint a lay communicant of this Church of the 
profession of the law as Church Advocate and legal 
adviser of the Board. 

The Board of Inquiry shall investigate such 
charges, or the said rumors or reports, as the case 
may be. In conducting the investigation, the Board 
shall hear the accusations and such proof as the 
accusers may produce, and shall determine whether, 
upon matters of law and of fact, as presented to 
them, there is sufficient ground to put the accused 
Bishop on his trial. In such investigations, as well 
as in all cases of trial by an Ecclesiastical Court now 
authorized, or hereafter to be authorized, by the 
Constitution or Canons of the General Convention, 
the laws of the State in which such investigation or 
trial is had, so far as they relate to the law of 
evidence, shall be adopted and taken as the rules by 
which the said Board or Court shall be governed. 


The testimony shall be stenographically reported, 
and shall be preserved in the custody of the Presid- 
ing Bishop or in the archives of the House of 
Bishops. The proceedings of the Board of Inquiry 
shall be private. 

The Board may adjourn from time to time as con- 
venience or necessity may require, and it shall be a 








CANON 30. 


continuing body until after the final disposition of 
the charges, including the consideration of new evi- 
dence as hereinafter provided. 





If any Presbyter appointed under this section shall _ Disqualifica. 
become a Bishop, or any Layman so appointed shall Faber at 
become a Presbyter, before the final disposition of °°" 
the charges, he shall thereby vacate his place as 


member of the Board. 


In case of the death, resignation, disqualification or Vacancies, 
inability of any member of the Board to act, the 
Presiding Bishop, upon being advised of such dis- | 
qualification or disability, shall appoint another Pres- 
byter or another Layman, as the case may be, to act 
as member of the Board. Upon acceptance of the 
| appointment, such person shall become a member of 
the Board. All of the proceedings in the case in 
which any person shall have been so appointed a 
| member of the Board, shall continue and shall be 
completed in the same manner and with the same 
effect as though such person had been appointed 
originally a member of such Board of Inquiry. 





§ V. If in the judgment of the majority of the Presentment. 
whole Board of Inquiry, there is sufficient ground to 
put the said Bishop upon trial, they shall cause the 
Church Advocate to prepare a presentment, which 
shall be signed by such of the Board as shall agree 
thereto, and which shall be transmitted with the 
certificate of the determination of the Board to the 
Presiding Bishop. 

If a majority of the whole Board shall determine If no ground 
that there is not sufficient ground to present the Mat 
accused Bishop for trial, it shall forward the charges 
and a certificate of the finding thereon to the Presid- 
ing Bisnop. He shall send the same to the Secretary 
of the House of Bishops, by him to be deposited in 


the archives of the House; and a true copy of these 
| 95 











New evidence. 





In case Board 
| disagree. 





Copy of 
presentment 
to be served. 





96 








papers shall be given to the accused Bishop. No 
further proceeding shall be had by way of. present- 
ment on such charges, except that any communicant 
of this Church in good standing may make and pre- 
sent to the Presiding Bishop his affidavit alleging 
the discovery of new evidence as to the facts charged 
and setting forth what such evidence is; and upon 
the receipt thereof the Presiding Bishop shall decide 
whether the affidavit does or does not state grounds 
which in his opinion are sufficient for reopening the 
case. If the Presiding Bishop shall be of opinion 
that the affidavit states grounds sufficient to justify 
reopening the case, he shall reconvene the Board, 
which shall determine, first, whether as matter of 
fact the evidence set forth in such affidavit is really 
new evidence and not merely cumulative; and if 
the Board shall find that the evidence so tendered is 
new, it shall proceed to receive and to consider any 
such evidence, and any further evidence that it may 
deem proper to receive; and in the light of all the 
evidence the Board shall determine whether there 
are sufficient grounds for presentment. If the Board, 
by a majority of its members, shall decide that there 
is any such sufficient ground, it shall certify its 
decision as in this Canon is before provided. 


§ VI. In case a majority of the whole Board 
shall fail to find either that there is, or that there is 
not, sufficient ground to present the accused Bishop 
for trial, it shall certify the fact of its inability to 
agree upon any such finding, to the Presiding Bishop, 
who, at the request of the accused Bishop, may select 
a new Board in the manner provided in Section IV., 
who shall consider the case de novo. 


§ VII. In case any presentment shall be made to 
the Presiding Bishop as hereinbefore provided, he 
shall at once transmit the same to the President of 








CANON 31. | 


| 
_ the Court for the trial of a Bishop, and shall cause a 


true copy of the presentment to be served upon the 
accused Bishop, either in person or by mailing the 
same by registered mail addressed to him at his place 
of residence. 


§ VIII. In case the Presiding Bishop shall be Incaseot 
either an accuser or the accused, or shall otherwise eas 
_ be disabled, his duties under this Canon shall be 

_ performed by the Bishop who, according to the rules 

of the House of Bishops, becomes its Presiding 

Officer in case of the disability of the Presiding 

| Bishop. 


CANON 31. 
Of the Trial of a Bishop. 


Sauls: away nena the, Dresitienturan (ie COult ator Notice to 
the Trial of a Bishop shall receive a presentment, he 
shall call the Court to meet at a certain time and poem ener 
place, said time not to be less than two nor more than __ place. 
six calendar months from the day of mailing such 
| notice, and at a place within the Diocese or Mission- 
ary District of the accused Bishop, unless the same 
be of such difficult access, in the judgment of the 
President of the Court, that reasonable convenience 
require the appointment of another place. With said 
notice, he shall send to each member of the Court 
_ a copy of the presentment. 


[11.] He shall also summon the accused to appear Summons of 
at the same time and place to answer the said pre- ar 
_ sentment, and shall also give notice of the said time 
and place to the Church Advocate, who shall in all 
stages of the trial represent the Church. The Presi- 
dent, or any other member of the Court, shall, upon power to 
| the application of either the Church Advocate or the Witnesses. 
accused, issue a summons for witnesses. 








GAW ON WI 





Reading the 
presentment. 


The call to 
plead. 


Power to 
adjourn. 


Right of 
accused. 


Non- 
appearance. 


Contumacy. 


Three 
months’ 
grace to 
appear. 


The Common 
Law the rule 
of proceeding. 





§ II. [i.] At the time and place appointed, a 
quorum of the Court being present, the President 
shall declare the Court open for hearing the case; 
and when thus open, he shall direct the Clerk to call 
the names of the Church Advocate and the accused; 
and if both appear, he shall then cause the Clerk to 
read the presentment. 

[ii.] The accused shall then be called upon by 
the Court to plead to the presentment and his pleas 
shall be duly recorded; and on his neglect or refusal 
to plead, the plea of not guilty shall be entered for 
him, and the trial shall proceed; Provided, that for 
sufficient cause the Court may adjourn from time to 
time; and Provided, also, that the accused shall, at 
all times during the trial, have liberty to be present, 
and in due time and order to produce his testimony 
and to make his defence. 


[iii.] If the accused fail or refuse to appear in 
person, according to the notice served on him as 
aforesaid, except for reasonable cause to be allowed 
by the Court, it shall pronounce him in contumacy, 
and give him notice that sentence of suspension or 
deposition will be pronounced against him by the 
Court at the expiration of three months, unless at 
that time he shall appear and take his trial upon the 
presentment. If he do not so tender. himself for 
trial, sentence of suspension, or of deposition from 
the Ministry may be pronounced upon him by the 
Court. ‘ | | 


§ IIJ. The accused being present and the trial 


proceeding, it shall be conducted according to the 
principles of the Common Law, as the same is 
generally administered in the United States; and the 
laws of the State in which such trial is held, so far 
as they relate to the law of evidence, shall be 
adopted, and taken as the rules by which said Court 





CANON 31. 





shall be governed; and the accused shall in all cases 
have the right to be a witness on his own behalf, 
subject to cross-examination in the same manner as 
any other witness. No testimony shall be received 
at the trial, except from witnesses who have signed a 
declaration in the following words, to be read aloud 
before the witness testifies and to be filed with the | 
records of the Court. | 


I, A. B., a witness summoned to testify on the Declaration 
trial of a presentment against Right Reverend ee 
_.a Bishop of the Protestant Episcopal Church in the 
United States, now pending, do most solemnly call 
God to witness that the evidence I am about to give 
shall be the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but 


the truth; so help me God. | 


And if it be necessary to take the testimony of an Mode of 
absent witness on a commission, such testimony shall dene nue 
be preceded by a similar written declaration of the 
witness, which shall be filed and transmitted with his 
or her deposition to the Court. The testimony of 
each witness shall be reduced to writing. And in case 
there is ground to suppose that the attendance of any 
witness on the trial cannot be obtained, it shall be 
lawful for either party to apply to the Court, if in 
session, or, if not, to any member thereof, who shall 
thereupon appoint a Commissioner to take the deposi- commis- 
tion of such witness; and such party so desiring to 7°" 
take the deposition shall give to the other party 
reasonable notice of the time and place of taking 
such deposition, accompanying such notice with the 
interrogatories to be propounded to the witness: 
whereupon, it shall be lawful for the other party, 
within six days after such notice, to propound cross- Cross. | 
interrogatories; and such interrogatories and cross- ST ee 
interrogatories, if any be propounded, shall be sent 
to the Commissioner, who shall thereupon proceed 











99 








CANON 321. 


On what 
condition 
deposition 
may be read. 


Proviso. 


Service of 
notice and 
papers. 


Certificate of 
service. 


Mode of 
service, 


Accused may 


have counsel, 


Church 
Advocate 
may have 
associates. 


100 


ca eS a ee a aN TES ok 1Pt a Sea GAL ok ed a a ee 


to take the testimony of such witness, and transmit 
it under seal to the Court. But no deposition shall 
be read at the trial, unless the Court have reasonable 
assurance that the attendance of the witness cannot 
be procured, or unless both parties shall consent that 
it may be read; Provided, that in any Diocese in 
which the civil government has authorized the Eccle- 
siastical Courts therein to issue summons for wit- 
nesses, or to administer an oath, the Court shall act 
in conformity to such laws. 


§ IV. All notices and papers may be served by a 
summoner or summoners, to be appointed by the 
Court, or by any member thereof; and the certificate 
of any such summoner shall be evidence of the due 
service of a notice or paper. In case of service by 
any other person, the fact may be proved by the aff- 
davit of such person. The delivery of a written 
notice or paper to the accused party, or to the Church 
Advocate, or the leaving of it, or a copy thereof, at 
the residence, or last known residence, of either, 
shall be deemed sufficient service of such notice or 
paper on the Church Advocate and accused, respec- 
tively. If the person to be served with any notice or 
paper shall have left the United States, it shall be a 
sufficient service thereof to leave a copy of such 
notice or paper at his last place of abode within the 
United States, sixty days before the day in which the 
appearance, or other aet required by the said notice 
or paper, is to be performed. 


§ V. The accused party may, if he think proper, 
have the aid of counsel of his own selection; and if 
he should choose to have more than one counsel, the 
Church Advocate may have assistant Advocates, to 
be named by the accusers; but in every case, the 
Court may regulate the number of counsel who shall 
address the Court, or examine witnesses. The Church 











CANON 31. 








Advocate shall be considered the party on one side, 
and the accused the party on the other. All counsel 
must be communicants of the Church. 


§ VI. [i.] The Court, having fully heard the 
allegations and proofs of the parties, and having 
deliberately considered the same after the -parties 
have withdrawn, every member of the Court sitting 
in the cause shall declare whether in his opinion the 
accused is guilty or not guilty, and with respect to 
each particular charge and specification contained in 
the presentment; and the accused shall be deemed 
not guilty upon every charge and specification upon 
which he shall not be pronounced guilty by a major- 
ity of the members of the Court sitting in the cause. 


[11.] The decision of the Court as to all, the 
charges and specifications shall be reduced to writ- 
ing, and signed by those who assent to it; and the 
decision signed shall be regarded as the judgment of 
the Court, and shall be pronounced in the presence 
of the parties, if they shall think proper to attend. 


{ui.] A Bishop found guilty upon a presentment 
for crime or immorality shall not, after the rendering 
of such judgment, and while the same continues un- 
reversed, perform any Episcopal or Ministerial func- 
tions, except such as relate to the administration of 
the temporal affairs of his Diocese or Missionary 
District. 


§ VII. [1.] If the accused shall be found guilty 
of any charge or specification, the Court shall pro- 
ceed to ask him whether he has anything to say be- 
fore sentence is passed, and may, in its discretion, 
give him time to prepare what he wishes to say, and 
appoint a time for passing the sentence, which time 
shall be at least sixty days from the date of the judg- 
ment, unless the accused shall, in writing, waive his 





Counsel to be 
communi- 
cants. 


Court to ex- 
press opinion 
on each 
charge or 
specification. 


Decision to be 
reduced to 
writing and 
signed. 


Judgment. 


Bishop ad- 
judged guilty 
of misconduct 
not to 
officiate. 


Accused to be 
heard before 
sentence. 


101 








GAIN ONSET 








New trial. 


Sentence. 


Notice of 
sentence to 
the Church. 


Notice to 
foreign 
Churches. 


Exceptions 
to be part 
of record. 


Record, how 
kept and 
attested. 





right of appeal. Before passing sentence, the Court 
may adjourn from time to time, and give the accused 
reasonable opportunity of showing cause to induce a 
belief that justice has not been done, or that he has 
discovered new testimony; and the Court, or a 
majority of its members, may according to a sound 
discretion grant him a new trial. Before sentence is 
passed the accused shall have the opportunity of 
being heard, 1f he have aught to say in excuse or 
palliation. 

{ii.] The accused having been heard, or not de- 
siring to be heard, the sentence of the Court shall 
then be pronounced by the President, and shall be 


admonition, or suspension from the Ministry, or de- 


position from the Ministry, as shall have been ad- 
judged by the Court. It shall be the duty of the 
Court whenever sentence has been pronounced, 
whether it be upon trial or for contumacy, to com- 
municate such sentence to the Ecclesiastical Author- 
ity of every Diocese and Missionary District of this 
Church and to the Recorder. In case of the suspen- 
sion or deposition of a Bishop, it shall also be the 
duty of the Presiding Bishop to give notice of the 
same to all Archbishops and Metropolitans and all 
Presiding Bishops of Churches in communion with 
this Church. 

§ VIII. [i.] During the trial, exceptions in writ- 
ing may be taken by either side to the admission or 
exclusion of evidence, or to any ruling of the Court, 
and such exceptions shall form part of the record of 
the case. The Court shall keep a full record of its 


proceedings, including the evidence given before it. 
[11.] Such record shall be kept by the Clerk, and 
inserted in a book to be attested by the signature of 
‘the President and Clerk. The record shall be in the 
custody of the Clerk, and shall be kept in the deposi- 

















CANON 82. 


tary of the Registrar of the General Convention, and 
shall be open to the inspection of every member of 
this Church. | 


§ IX. Every trial shall be public if the accused Bud Sher 
shall so request. demanded. 





§ X. The necessary charges and expenses of the Seater tae tol 
Church Advocate and of the proceedings before the Inquiry and 
Board of Inquiry and at the trial shall be paid by the 
Treasurer of the General Convention on the order of 


the Presiding Bishop. 


CANON 32. 
Of the Court for the Review of the Trial of a Bishop. 


§ I. There shall be a Court for the Review of STenemiae 
the determination of the Trial Court of a Bishop, 
which shall be composed of Bishops only, and 
which shall be constituted as hereinafter provided. 
§ II. Upon the adoption of this Canon, the 
House of Bishops shall choose three Bishops to 
serve as Judges of the Court for the Review of the 
trial of a Bishop for the term of three years, three Reuse 
Bishops to serve as aforesaid for the term of six _ selecting 





years, and three Bishops to serve as aforesaid for Sibert 
the term of nine years, and thereafter at each 
General Convention the House of Bishops _ shall 
choose three Bishops to serve as aforesaid for a term 
of nine years in place of those whose term of office 
| shall then have expired; Provided, that if during the 
hearing of any appeal before said Court of Review, 
the term of office of any of the Judges sitting on the 
said appeal shall expire, the said Judge nevertheless Relationships 
shall be competent and may continue to act upon the disqualify a 
: i x : Judge. 
said appeal until the final determination thereof. 





§ III. No Bishop shall sit as a member of said 
Court on the hearing on appeal who is related to the 
103 




















CANON 82. 








Vacancies, 
how created 
and how 
filled. 


Power to 
adjourn. 


Quorum. 


104 


accused, either by affinity or consanguinity in a 
direct ascending or descending line, or as a brother, 
uncle, nephew, or first cousin, nor shall any Bishop 
be competent to sit, who, for any reason upon objec- 
tion made by either party of the appeal, is deemed 
by the other members of the Court to be incompetent. 


§ IV. The death, permanent disability, resigna- 
tion, or refusal to serve as a member of the Court of 
Review shall constitute a vacancy in the Court. A 
resignation shall be made by written notice to the 
Presiding Bishop. Upon the occurrence of a vacancy, 
the remaining Judges shall have power to fill such 
vacancy until the next General Convention, when 
the House of Bishops shall choose a Bishop to fill 
such vacancy, the Bishop so chosen to serve during 
the residue of the term, if any there be. In case of 
the disqualification of any Judge as provided in the 
preceding Section, the remaining Judges may appoint 
a Judge to take the place of the one so disqualified 
on such appeal. All the provisions of this Canon, or 
of Canon 29, relating to Bishops originally appointed 
as members of the Court, shall apply to Bishops 
appointed under this Section, and all proceedings 
which may have been taken upon any appeal pending 
at or prior to such appointment, shall have the same 
force and effect as if the appointee had been a mem- 
ber of the Court when such proceedings were taken 
and such appointee may participate in the continuing, 
hearing and determination of such appeal. 

§ V. The Court may adjourn from time to time, 
aS convenience may require, by the vote of a majority 
of the Judges in attendance upon any duly convened 
session of the Court. For any and all other purposes 
a quorum of the Court shall consist of six Judges, 
and the concurrence of six Judges, shall be necessary 
to pronounce a judgment. 











CANON 82. 


§ VI. From time to time the said Court shall 
elect one of its members to be President, who shall 
hold such office during the term for which he is 
chosen Judge, and also shall appoint a Presbyter of 
this Church to be Clerk, to serve during the pleasure 
of the Court. 


§ VII. From time to time the Court may appoint 
a Church Advocate with or without assistants, all of 
whom shall be communicants of the Church, to 
appear in behalf of the Church upon any appeal. The 
Church Advocate then shall be considered the party 
on one side and the accused the party on the other. 
The Court shall allow the accused to be heard in 
person, or by counsel of his own selection, provided 
every such counsel shall be a communicant of this 
Church. 


§ VIII. The Court may establish rules and pro- 
cedure not inconsistent with the Constitution and 
Canons of this Church, with power to alter or rescind 


the same. The Court shall keep a record of all its 
proceedings. 
§ IX. Every hearing shall be public, if the 


accused shall so request. 


§ X. The necessary charges and expenses of the 
Church Advocate and of the Court of Review, shall 
be paid by the Treasurer of the General Convention 
on the order of the Presiding Bishop. 


§ XI. The said Court of Review is vested with 
jurisdiction to hear and determine appeals from the 
determination of the Trial Court on the trial of a 
Bishop; and the determination of such Court shall be 
final unless modified or reversed by the determina- 
tion of an ultimate Court of Appeal, established by 
the General Convention under the provisions of 
Article IX. of the Constitution. 


Mode of 
selecting 
President 
and Clerk. 


Church 
Advocate to 
be appointed. 


Rights of 
accused. 


Rules of 
procedure. 


Public trial 
may be 
demanded. 


Expenses of 
Church 
Advocate 
and Court. 


Jurisdiction 
of Court. 


105 








Right of 
appeal. 


Notice of 
appeal. 


Transcript of 
record to be 
laid before 
Court. 


Evidence. 


Power of 
Court to 
dispose 
of case. 


106 


CANON 3838. 


CANON 33. 


Of Appeais to the Court for the Review of the Trial of 
a Bishop. 


§ I. A Bishop found guilty of any offence shall 
have the right to appeal from the judgment of the 
Trial Court to the Court for the Review of the Trial 
of a Bishop; and in the case of a Bishop presented 
for holding and teaching doctrine contrary to that 
held by this Church, the Church Advocate shall have 
a like right of appeal. 


§ II. Unless within sixty days from the date of 
entry of judgment in the Trial Court the appellant 
shall have given notice of the appeal, in writing, to 
said Court, to the party against whom the appeal is 
taken, and to the President of the Court for the 
Review of the Trial of a Bishop, assigning in said 
notice the reason of appeal, he shall be held to have 
waived the right of appeal, although in its discretion 
the Court for the Review of the Trial of a Bishop 
may entertain and hear an appeal not taken within 
such prescribed period. 


§ III. Upon notice of appeal being given, the 
Clerk of the Trial Court shall send to the Clerk of 
the Court for the Review of the Trial of a Bishop a 
transcript of the record, including all the evidence, 
certified by the President and Clerk of the said 
Court, and the Clerk shall lay the same before the 
Court at its next session. 


§ IV. No oral testimony shall be heard by said 
Court, nor, except by permission of the said Court 
shall any new evidence be introduced in said hearing. 


§ V. The Court for the Review of the Trial of a 
Bishop may affirm or reverse any judgment brought 
before it on appeal, and may enter final judgment in 
the case, or may remit the same to the Trial Court 

















CANON 33. 


for a new trial, or for such further proceedings as 
the interests of justice may require; Provided, how- 
ever, that if the accused shall have been found not 
guilty by the Trial Court upon any of the charges 
and specifications upon which he has been tried 
other than that of holding and teaching doctrine 
contrary to that held by this Church, the Court for 
the Review of the Trial of a Bishop shall have no 
power to reverse said findings; and, Provided, 
further, that sentence shall not be imposed upon a 
Bishop found guilty of holding and teaching doctrine 
contrary to that held by this Church unless and until 
the said findings shall have been approved by a vote 
of two-thirds of all the Bishops entitled to seats in 
the House of Bishops canonically assembled in the 
said House. 


§ VI. If the Court for the Review of the Trial of 
a Bishop shall enter final judgment in the case, and 
if by said judgment the accused shall be found guilty 
of any of the charges or specifications upon which he 
has been tried, the Court for the Review of the Trial 
of a Bishop shall determine the sentence, which shall 
be either admonition, suspension as defined by the 
Canons of this Church, or deposition. Before sent- 
ence is passed the accused shall have the opportunity 
of being heard, if he have aught to say in excuse or 
palliation. The sentence shall be pronounced by the 
Presiding Bishop, who shall thereupon give the 
notices thereof required by Canon 31, § VII. [i1.] 


§ VII. In case of appeal, all proceedings in the 
Trial Court shall be stayed until such appeal be dis- 
missed by the Court for the Review of the Trial of 
a Bishop, or the said case be remitted by the said 
Court to. the Trial Court. Should the appellant fail 
to prosecute his appeal before the said Court at the 
first session thereof, after the entry of the appeal, at 


Proviso. 


In doctrinal 
cases, finding 
of guilt must 
be approved 
by vote of 
two-thirds of 
all Bishops. 


Sentence. 


Stay of 
proceedings 





in Trial Court 


107 








oo 


Dismissal of 
appeal. 


Waiver of 
appeal. 





Constitution 
of Court. 


Mode of 
choosing 
Judges. 





108 


CANON $k. 





which the same could be heard, the appeal may be 
dismissed for want of prosecution. In case the said 
Court dismiss the appeal, the Clerk of the Court shall 
immediately give notice of such dismissal to the Trial 
Court. 


, The appellant may waive his appeal at any time 
before a hearing thereon has begun before the Court 
for the Review of the Trial of a Bishop. After 
said hearing has begun, he may waive his appeal 
only with the consent of the said Court. In case the 
appeal is waived or dismissed, the Trial Court shall 
proceed as if no appeal had been taken. 


CANON 34. 


Of Courts of Review of the Trial of a Presbyter or 
Deacon. 


§ I. In each of the Provinces there shall be a 
Court of Review, which shall be composed of a 
Bishop therein, three Presbyters, canonically resident 
in one or other of the Dioceses or of the Missionary 
Districts within the Province, and three Lay com- 
municants of the Church having domicile in the 
Province; two at least of said Lay communicants to 
be men learned in the law. 


§ II. Each Provincial Synod shall triennially at 
its first meeting after the regular meeting of the 
General Convention elect the Judges of the Court 
of Review in the Province. The Synod shall pre- 
scribe the manner in which such Judges shall be 
elected. The persons so elected, except in case of 
death, resignation, refusal or inability to serve, and 
as hereinafter provided, shall continue to be members 
of the Court for the term of three years and until 
their successors shall be elected. 








| CANON 34. 


The Bishop elected by the Synod shall be the 
Presiding Officer of the Court. 


§ III. The several Courts of Review are vested 
with jurisdiction to hear and determine appeals from 
decisions of Trial Courts, in Dioceses and Mission- 
ary Districts, onthe trial of a Presbyter or Deacon 
in the cases hereinafter mentioned; Provided, how- 
ever, that until after the establishment of an ultimate 
Court of Appeal as permitted by Article IX. of the 
Constitution, no Court of Review shall determine 
any question of doctrine, faith, or worship. 


§ IV. An appeal to the Court of Review of the 
Province within which a trial was had may be taken 
by the accused from a decision hereafter made of a 
Diocesan or Trial Court which sustains in whole or 
in part a charge of any canonical offence. Upon the 
written request of at least two Bishops of other 
jurisdictions within the Province, the Bishop or the 
Standing Committee of the Diocese or Missionary 
District within which a trial was had shall appeal 
from a decision hereafter made of a Trial Court 
acquitting the accused of a charge involving a ques- 
tion of doctrine, faith, or worship; Provided, how- 
ever, that such appeal shall be on the question of the 
Church’s doctrine, faith, or worship, and that the 
decision shall not be held to reverse the personal 
acquittal of the accused. But such an appeal by the 
Standing Committee can be taken only when there is 
a vacancy in the office of Bishop or in case the 
Bishop is unable to act. The Bishop of the juris- 
diction within which a trial was had or (in case of 
his inability to act), the Standing Committee shall 
cause to be served on the accused against whom an 
adverse decision has been made by the Trial Court, 
written notice thereof. Within thirty days after the 
service of such notice the accused may appeal to the 


Jurisdiction 
of Court. 


Right of 
appeal. 


Of appeal in 
questions of 
doctrine, etc. 


Proviso. 


Notice of 
appeal. 











Rome be Pa) Te BSE Ty a a Be ek lee ey PN ES Cyne a eer ek SS a re tL ok es es en en eS 


Stay of 
proceedings 


in Trial Court. 


Suspension of 
accused in 
case of crime 
or immorality 
while appeal 
is pending. 


What may 
come before 
the Court. 


Transcript of 
record to 

be sent to 
President of 
Court of 
Review. 





Court of Review by serving a written notice of 
appeal on the Bishop or Standing Committee of the 
jurisdiction and a duplicate on the President of the 
Court. Such notice shall be subscribed by the appel- 
lant and shall briefly set forth the decision from 
which the appeal is taken and the grounds of the 
appeal. An appeal by the Bishop or Standing Com- 
mittee (in the case herein authorized) may be taken 
by the service by the appellant of a similar notice 
upon the accused, and also upon the President of the 
Court, within thirty days after the decision from 
which the appeal is taken. If the trial was had in a 
Missionary District not specified in Canon 54, Sec- 
tion I., the appeal shall lie to the Court of the Prov- 
ince embracing the Diocese, the Constitution and 
Canons of which had been selected for the adminis- 
tration of such Missionary District. 


s, V.. in’ case of conyiction by the Trial” Court, 
the Bishop shall not proceed to sentence the accused 
before the expiration of thirty days after he shall 
have been notified of the decision of the Court, nor 
in case an appeal is taken shall sentence be pro- 
nounced pending the hearing and determination 
thereof. If the conviction be upon a charge of crime 
or immorality, the accused, pending the appeal, shall 
not exercise any ministerial function. 


§ VI. An appeal shall be heard upon the record 
of the Trial Court. When an appeal shall have been 
taken, the Bishop or (in case of his inability to act) 
the Standing Committee of the Diocese or Mission- 
ary District wherein the trial was had, within thirty 
days after receiving notice of the appeal, shall trans- 
mit to the President of the Court of Review of the 
Province, a full and correct transcript of the record. 
proceedings, and decisions of the Trial Court, includ- 


SSS ee Py ye Ok PP Py el el PETS RPL TAs F Opes Seay aa GT al PNPES EME ACA G ee ik, Go > cual as ae pain ae ahaa 


CANON 384. 











CANON 384. 





ing all the evidence taken upon the trial, duly 
certified by the Presiding Officer or Clerk of such 
Court. Except for the purpose of correcting the 
record, if defective, no new evidence shall be taken 
by the Court of Review. 


§ VII. The President of the Court of Review of Appointment 
the Province having jurisdiction, within ninety days place for 
after the record shall have been received by him, appeal. 
shall appoint a time and place within such Province 
for the hearing of the appeal. At least thirty days et 
prior to the day appointed, written notice of such  Courtand to 
time and place shall be given by him to the other ri, 
members of the Court, and also to the accused, and 
to the Bishop and Standing Committee of the Dio- 
cese or Missionary District in which the trial was 


had. 
§ VIII. Notices may be served personally or by Service of 


registered mail addressed to the person to be served, meet 
at his last place of residence. When the appeal is 

from the decision of a Trial Court in any Missionary 
District the notice required by Section VII. to be 

given to the accused shall be served at least three 
months prior to the day appointed for the hearing 

and the appellant shall have four months after the 
appeal is taken within which to serve and to deliver 

copies of the record as required by Section IX. 


§ IX. It shall be the duty of the appellant to pro- Appellant to 


. ; 1. have record of 
cure a certified copy of the record of the trial, in- Trial Court 


cluding the charges, evidence, decision or judgment, auaees 
together with the notice of appeal, to be printed. 
Within sixty days after the appeal shall have been 
taken he shall serve two printed copies of the record 
and notice of appeal upon the opposite party, and 
shall deliver seven printed copies to the President of 
the Court for the use of the Judges. For reasons 


by him deemed sufficient, the President may dispense 











111 


Organization 
of Court. 
Appointment 
of Clerk. 


Quorum. 


Relationships 
which 
disqualify 

a Judge. 


What shall 
constitute a 
vacancy in 
Court. 


In case of 
death, 
disability or 
resignation 
of President 
of Court. 


112 





CANON 384. 





with the printing of the record, or of any portion 
thereof. 


§ X. At the time and place appointed, the Court 
shall organize, and may appoint a Clerk or Secretary, 
and proceed to hear the appeal; Provided, however, 
that at least six Judges, of whom the President of the 
Court shall be one, shall participate in the hearing. 
But the members present, if less than that number, 
may adjourn the Court from time to time, until the 
attendance of the requisite number shall be secured. 


§ XI. No person shall sit as a member of a 
Court of Review, on the hearing of an appeal. who 
is related to the accused either by affinity or con- 
sanguinity, in a direct ascending or descending line, 
or as brother, uncle, nephew, or first cousin, nor shall 
the Bishop, nor any Presbyter or Layman of the 
Diocese or Missionary District in which the trial 
was had be competent to sit on an appeal from the 
decision on such trial, nor any Presbyter or Layman 
who for any other reason upon objection made by 
either party is deemed by the other members of the 
Court to be disqualified. 


§ XII. The death, permanent disability, resigna- 
tion, or refusal to serve of any member of a Court 
of Review, shall constitute a vacancy in the Court. 
A resignation by the President of the Court shall be 
by a written notice sent to the President of the 
Provincial Synod. A resignation by a Presbyter or 
Layman, or his refusal to serve, shall be made by 
written notice to the President of the Court. 


§ XIII. In case of death, permanent disability, 
removal from the Province, or resignation of the 
Bishop appointed as a member of the Court in any 
Province, or of his refusal to serve, the President of 
the Provincial Synod thereupon shall give written 


, ER INE RA ESR BELL Se Renee eee an SER EE Re we oon En ee ORE. Ee eee EET SE 














| CANON 34. 


_ notice thereof to the Bishop senior by consecration 
in that Province. Thereupon the Bishop so notified 
shall become and shall continue to be a member of 
the Court until a new appointment shall be made. 
If, in a particular case, the Bishop appointed as a 
member of a Court shall be disqualified from sitting, 
or by reason of illness, or other cause, shall be 
unable to attend a session of the Court, he shall 
_ give written notice of such disqualifications or inabil- 
ity to the President of the Provincial Synod. There- 
upon the President of the Provincial Synod shall 
notify the Bishops in that Province in the order of 
their seniority by consecration, and on the hearing of 
such appeal the Bishop finally notified shall act as 
the President of the Court. All the provisions of 
this Canon relating to a Bishop originally appointed 
as a member of the Court shall apply to any Bishop 
designated under this Section. 


§ XIV. In case (1) a vacancy or vacancies shall Incase of 
death, 


exist in the membership of the Court of Review in _ disability or 
resignation 


any Province among the clerical or lay members of other 
originally chosen, or in case (2) one or more such Court. 
members shall be disqualified or unable to sit in a 
particular case or at a particular session of the 
Court, the President of the Court, on being advised 
of the existence of such vacancy or vacancies, or of 
such disqualification or disability, shall appoint other 
Presbyters or Laymen residing in the Province to fill 
| such vacancy or vacancies, or to sit as members of 
' the Court. He shall give written notice to the 
| person or persons appointed under this Section, and 
upon acceptance of the appointment, the person or 
persons so appointed shall become members of the 
Court for the unexpired term of the original ap- 
pointees, or temporarily, as the case may be. All 


_ the provisions of this Canon relating to persons 
113 
| 











Power to 
adjourn. 


Rights of 
accused. 


Church 
Advocate. 


Power of 
Court to 
dispose of 
case. 


Concurrence 
of five 
members 

of Court 
necessary to 
pronounce 
judgment. 


Non-concur- 
rence of 
Court affirms 
decision of 
Trial Court. 





counsel. 


CANON $34. 





originally appointed as members of the Court shall 
apply to persons appointed under this Section. And 
all proceedings which may have been taken in any 
case prior to such appointment under this Section 
or the preceding Section shall have the same force 
and effect as if the appointee had been a member of 
the Court when such proceedings were taken. 


§ XV. The Court may adjourn from time to 
time as convenience or necessity may require. The 
accused may appear and be heard in person or by 
Such counsel shall be a communicant of 
the Church. A Church Advocate may be appointed 
from time to time by the Bishop, or in case of his 
inability to act, by the Standing Committee of a 
Diocese or Missionary District in which the trial 
was had, to appear in behalf of the Church on any 
appeal. The Church Advocate shall be a communi- 
cant of the Church. The Court shall cause a full 
record to be kept of its proceedings. 


§ XVI. The Court may reverse or affirm, in 
whole or in part, the decision of the Trial Court, or, 
if in its opinion, justice shall so require, it may 
grant a new trial. If after having been duly notified, 
the appellant fail to appear, and no sufficient excuse 
be shown, the Court may dismiss the appeal for 
want of prosecution or it may proceed to hear and 
determine the appeal in his absence. 

§ XVII. The concurrence of five members of a 
Court shall be necessary to pronounce a judgment. 
The judgment or decision of the Court shall be in 
writing, signed by the members of the Court uniting 
therein, and shall distinctly specify the grounds of 
the decision and shall be attached to the recard. If 
the concurrence of five members cannot be obtained 
as provided, that fact shall be stated in the record, 
and the decision of the Trial Court shall stand as 


114 

















CANON 84. 








affirmed. Immediately after the determination of 
the appeal the President of the Court shall give 
notice thereof in writing to the accused and to the 
Bishop and the Standing Committee of the Diocese 
or Missionary District in which the trial was had. 
Upon the determination of the appeal, the original 
record upon which the appeal was heard, together 
with the record of the Court of Review, certified by 
the President and the Secretary or Clerk, shall be 
remitted to the Bishop or the Standing Committee 
of the jurisdiction in which the trial was had. But, 
if the decision involve a question of doctrine, faith, 
or worship, the record shall be retained by the Presi- 
dent until the time for taking an appeal to the Court 
of Appeals shall have expired, and if no appeal 
shall then have been taken, as provided in the 
Canon creating such Court, he shall remit the record 
as in other cases. All records remitted as herein 
provided shall be deposited and be preserved among 
the archives of the jurisdiction to which they are 
sent. 

§ XVIII. The Court shall not pronounce sent- 
ence on the affirmation of a conviction. When the 
appeal is so determined, the Bishop of the jurisdic- 
tion in which the trial was had, upon receipt of the 
record shall determine the sentence whether of 
admonition, suspension or deposition, as he _ shall 
deem proper, and shall pronounce the same in 
accordance with the provisions of Canon 40, § III. 


§ XIX. The several Courts of Review may estab- 
lish rules of procedure not inconsistent with the 
Constitution and Canons. 

§ XX. The expenses incurred by the Court or by 
its members, certified by the President, shall be a 
charge on the contingent fund of the General Con- 
vention, and shall be paid by the Treasurer thereof. 





Records to be 
remitted to 
Ecclesiastical 
Authority 

of trial 
jurisdiction. 


Sentence. 


Rules of 
procedure. 


Expenses of 
Court. 


115 

















In case of 
emergency. 


Repeal of 
inconsistent 
Canons. 


The 
Ecclesiastical 
Authority to 
give notice of 
the same, 


116 


CANON 35. 





To provide for these and other necessary expenses, 
should the state of the treasury at any time before 
the next General Convention require it, the Treas- 
urer of the General Convention and the Secretary of 
the House of Deputies are authorized to assess each 
Diocese one dollar for each Clergyman canonically 
resident; and the fund thus secured shall be added 
to the contingent fund in the hands of the Treas- 
urer. 

Provided, however, that in case of emergency, the 
Presiding Bishop, the President of the House of 
Deputies, the Secretary of the House of Deputies, the 
Treasurer of the General Convention and the Chair- 
man of the Committee on Expenses, or a majority of 
them, shall have authority to levy such additional 
assessment, not to exceed three dollars for each 
Bishop, Presbyter and Deacon canonically resident 
in such Diocese as recorded in the Journal of General 
Convention last preceding, to help defray the expenses 
of the General Convention, as and whenever in their 
judgment such additional assessment shall be neces- 
sary. They or a majority of them shall also have 
authority to determine when an emergency exists. 


§ XXIJI. All Canons or parts of Canons incon- 
sistent with this Canen are hereby repealed. 


CANON 35. 


Of a Minister in any Diocese or Missionary District 
Chargeable with Offence in Another. 


§ I. If a Minister belonging to any Diocese or 
Missionary District shall have conducted himself in 
any other Diocese or Missionary District in such a 
way as to be liable to presentment under the provi- 
sions of Canon 28, the Ecclesiastical Authority 
thereof shall give notice of the same to the Eccle- 




















CANON 35. 





siastical Authority where he is canonically resident, 
exhibiting, with the information given, reasonable 
ground for presuming its truth. If the Ecclesiastical 
Authority, after due notice given, shall omit, for the 
space of three months, to proceed against the 
offending Minister, or shall request the Ecclesiastical 
Authority of the Diocese or Missionary District in 
which the offence or offences are alleged to have 
been committed, to proceed against him, it shall be 
within the power of the Ecclesiastical Authority of 
the Diocese or Missionary District, within which the 
offence or offences are alleged to have been com- 
mitted, to institute proceedings according to the mode 
provided by the said Diocese or Missionary District. 


§ II. If a Minister shall come temporarily into 
any Diocese or Missionary District, under the impu- 
tation of having elsewhere been guilty of any of the 
offences within the provisions of Canon 28, or if any 
Minister, while sojourning in any Diocese or Mis- 
sionary District, shall so offend, the Bishop, upon 
probable cause, may admonish such Minister and 
inhibit him from officiating in said Diocese or Mis- 
sionary District. And if, after such inhibition, the 
said Minister so officiate, the Bishop shall give notice 
to all the Ministers and Congregations in said Dio- 
cese or Missionary District, that the officiating of 
said Minister is inhibited; and like notice shall be 
given to the Ecclesiastical Authority of the Diocese 
or Missionary District to which the said Minister 
belongs, and to the Recorder. And such inhibition 
shall continue in force until the Bishop of the first- 
named Diocese or Missionary District be satisfied of 
the innocence of the said Minister, or until he be 
acquitted on trial. 


§ III. The provisions of the last Section shall 
apply to Ministers ordained in foreign lands by 


Minister of 
other Diocese 
charged with 
misdemeanor 
may be 
inhibited from 
officiating. 


In case of 
Ministers 
from foreign 
countries. 

117 





| 


| CANON 86. 


Order of 
proceedings. 











| 118 


Bishops in communion with this Church; but in such 
case notice of the inhibition shall be given to the 
Bishop from whose jurisdiction the Minister shall 
appear to have come, and also to all the Bishops 
exercising jurisdiction in this Church, and to the 
Recorder. 


CANON 36. 
Of Renunciation of the Ministry. 


§ I. If any Minister of this Church not under 
presentment shall declare, in writing, to the Eccle- 
siastical Authority of the Diocese or Missionary 
District in which he is canonically resident, his re- 
nunciation of the Ministry of this Church, and his 
desire to be removed therefrom, it shall be the duty 
of the Ecclesiastical Authority to record the declara- 
tion and request so made. The Bishop, being satisfied 
that the person so declaring is not amenable for any 
canonical offence, and that his renunciation of the 
Ministry is not occasioned by foregoing misconduct 
or irregularity, but is voluntary and for causes, 
assigned or known, which do not effect his moral 
character, shall defer formal action upon the declara- 
tion for three months, and meanwhile shall lay the 
matter before the clerical members of the Standing 
Committee (or of the Council of Advice), and with 
their advice and consent he may pronounce that such 
renunciation is accepted, and that the Minister is 
released from the obligations of the Ministerial office, 
and that he is deprived of the gifts and spiritual 
authority as a Minister of God’s Word and Sacra- 
ments conferred on him in his Ordination. He shall 
also declare in pronouncing and recording such action 
that it was for causes which do not affect the man’s 


moral character, and shall, if desired, give a certificate, 


to this effect to the person so removed from the 








GANON*) $7. 


Ministry. In all other cases of Renunciation of the 
Ministry, where there may be a question of foregoing 
misconduct or irregularity, the Bishop shall not pro- 
nounce sentence of Deposition save with the consent 
of the Standing Committee of the Diocese or the 
Council of Advice of the Missionary District. The 
Bishop shall give due notice of every such Removal 
or Deposition from the Ministry, in the form in which 
the same is recorded, and in accordance with the 
provisions of Canon 40, Section III. 


§ II. If a Minister making the aforesaid declara- 
tion of renunciation of his Ministry be under pre- 
sentment for any canonical offence, or if he shall 
have been placed on trial for the same, the Eccle- 
siastical Authority to whom such declaration is 
made, shall not consider or act upon such declaration 
until after the said presentment shall have been dis- 
missed, or the said trial shall have been concluded 
and sentence, if any, pronounced. If the Ecclesiasti- 
cal Authority, to whom such declaration is made 
shall have ground to suppose that the person making 
the same is liable to presentment for any canonical 
offence, such person may, in the discretion of the 
said Ecclesiastical Authority, be placed upon trial 
for such offence, notwithstanding such declaration of 
renunciation of the Ministry. 


CANON 37. 


Of the Abandonment of the Communion of this Church 
by a Bishop. 

§ I. If a Bishop abandon the communion of this 
Church, either by an open renunciation of the Doc- 
trine, Discipline, or Worship of the Church, or by 
formal admission into any religious body not in com- 
munion with the same, or in any other manner, it 
shall be the duty of the Standing Committee of the 


Renunciation 
under 
liability to 
presentment. 


Facts to be 
certified by 
Standing 

Committee. 


119 




















Suspension 
of Bishop. 


May demand 
a trial before 
deposition. 


Standing 
Committee to 
certify the 
Bishop of the 
fact. 


120 


Diocese or the Council of Advice of the Missionary 
District of said Bishop to certify the fact to the 
Presiding Bishop, and with such certificate to send a 
statement of the acts or declarations which show 
such abandonment, which certificate and statement 
shall be recorded by the Presiding Bishop. The 
Presiding Bishop, with the consent of the three 
Bishops next in seniority, shall then suspend the said 
Bishop from the exercise of his Office and Ministry 
until such time as the House of Bishops shall investi- 
gate the matter. 


§ II. The Presiding Bishop shall forthwith give 
notice to the said Bishop of such suspension, and 
that unless he shall, within six months, make declara- 
tion that the facts alleged in said certificate are false, 
and shall demand a trial, he will be liable to deposi- 
tion from the Ministry. And if such declaration be 
not made within six months, as aforesaid, it shall be 
the duty of the Presiding Bishop to convene the 
House of Bishops to consider the case; and if the 
said House, by a majority of the whole number of 
Bishops entitled to vote, shall give their consent, the 
Presiding Bishop shall depose the said Bishop from 
the Ministry, and pronounce and record in the pres- 
ence of two or more Bishops, that he has been so 
deposed. 


CANON 38. 


Of the Abandonment of the Communion of this Church 
by a Presbyter or Deacon. 


§ I. If any Presbyter or Deacon shall, without 
availing himself of the provisions of Canon 36 
abandon the communion of this Church, by an open 
renunciation of the Doctrine, Discipline, or Wor- 
ship of this Church, or by a formal admission into 











CANON 329. 


any religious body not in communion with the 
same, or in any other way, it shall be the duty of 
the Standing Committee of the Diocese or the 
Council of Advice of the Missionary District in 


which the said Presbyter or Deacon is canonically 


resident to certify the fact to the Bishop, or, if 
there be no Bishop, to the Bishop of an adjacent 
Diocese or Missionary District, “and with such 
certificate to send a statement of the acts or 
declarations which show such abandonment; which 
certificate and statement shall be recorded, and 
shall be taken and deemed by the Ecclesiastical 
Authority as an equivalent to a renunciation of 
the Ministry by the Minister himself; and the 
said Bishop shall then suspend the said Minister for 
six months. Notice shall then be given by the 
said Bishop to the Minister so suspended that, 
unless he shall within six months transmit to the 
Bishop a retraction of such acts, or make declara- 
tion that the facts alleged in said certificate are 
false, he will be deposed from the Ministry. 


§ II. If such retraction or declaration be not 
made within six months, as aforesaid, it shall be 
the duty of the Bishop to depose the said Minister 
from the Ministry, and to pronounce and record, 
in the presence of two or more Presbyters, that he 
has been so deposed. 


CANON 39. 


Of a Minister Absenting Himself from his Diocese, or 
Abandoning the Work of the Ministry. 


If a Minister shall have been absent for more than 
two years from the Diocese or Missionary District 
in which he is canonically resident without having 











Deposition 
after six 
months. 


If without 
satisfactory 
reasons, to 
be presented 
for trial. 


121 














Terms and 
time of 
suspension to 
be specified. 


Time, how 
pronounced. 


Notice to be 
given of 
deposition. 





CANON 40. 


given reasons satisfactory to the Bishop thereof; or 
if he shall engage in any secular calling or business 
without the consent of such Bishop, and shall refuse 
to engage in the work of the Ministry at the call of 
his Bishop, coupled with reasonable provision for 
his support, it shall be the duty of the Standing Com- 
mittee of the Diocese or the Council of Advice of 
the Missionary District, or of any two Presbyters of 
the same jurisdiction, the case being brought to their 
attention by the written statement of the Bishop, to 
present the offending Minister for trial for violation 
of his Ordination vows. 


CANON 40. 


Of Sentences. 


§ I. Whenever the penalty of suspension shall 
be inflicted on a Bishop, Priest, or Deacon, in 
this Church, the sentence shall specify on what 
terms or conditions, and at what time the penalty 
shall cease. 


§ IJ. Whenever a Minister is deposed from 
the Sacred Ministry, he is deposed therefrom 
entirely, and not from a higher to a lower Order 
in the same. 


§ III. Whenever a canonical sentence is to 
be pronounced, the Bishop of the jurisdiction in 
which the trial was had, shall appoint a time and 
place for pronouncing such sentence, and _ shall 
cause a notice thereof in writing to be served on 
the accused personally, or by registered mail, at 
least thirty days before the time appointed. If the 
sentence to be pronounced be deposition, the Bishop 
acting in the matter shall pronounce and record the 
same in the presence of two or more Presbyters. In 
case the accused Clergyman confesses the truth 




















CANON 40. 


of the charges made against him, and in writing 
waives the right to a trial and submits himself to 
disciplinary action, the Bishop may, in his discre- 
tion, proceed at once to pronounce sentence. But 
before the time so appointed for sentence, oppor- 
tunity shall be given to the accused to show cause, 
if any, why sentence should not be pronounced 
and to offer any matter in excuse or palliation for 
the consideration of the Bishop. In case the 
Bishop of the jurisdiction is disqualified, or if there 
be no Bishop, the Standing Committee of the Dio- 
cese shall designate another Bishop, who shall pro- 
ceed to pronounce sentence. It shall be lawful for 
the Bishop of the jurisdiction, or for such acting 
Bishop, in his discretion, to pronounce a_ lesser 
sentence than that adjudged by the Court. After 
a Presbyter or Deacon shall have been convicted 
by a trial Court of a crime or immorality render- 
ing him liable to a canonical sentence, the Bishop 
of the Diocese shall have the right to suspend 
him from all public ministrations. Such _ sus- 
pension to continue until a final judgment upon 
the case. When the sentence is of a suspension 
or deposition, the Bishop who pronounces the 
same shall, without delay, give notice thereof, in 
writing, to every Minister and Vestry in the 
Diocese or Missionary District in which the trial 
was had; to all the Bishops of the Church, and 


where there is no Bishop, to the Standing Com- ' 


mittee of the Diocese, or to the Council of Advice 
of the Missionary District, as the case may be; 
to the Recorder, and to the Secretary of the House 
of Bishops, who shall deposit and preserve such 
notice among the archives of the House. The 
notice shall specify under what Canon the said 
Minister has been suspended or deposed. 


Bishop may 
pronounce 
lesser 
sentence. 


Bishop may 





suspend after 


conviction. 


123 














CANON?! £15 











In case of 
a Bishop. 


Proviso. 


In case of 
another 
Minister. 


124 


CANON 41. 


Of the Remission or Modification of Judicial Sentences. 


§ I. The House of Bishops may remit and 
terminate any judicial sentence which may have 
been imposed upon a Bishop, or modify the same 
so far as to designate a precise period of time, or 
other specific contingency, on the occurrence of 
which such sentence shall utterly cease, and be 
of no further force or effect; Provided, that no 
such remission or modification shall be made ex- 
cept at a meeting of the House of Bishops, dur- 
ing the session of some General Convention, or at 
a special meeting of the said House, which shall 
be convened by the Presiding Bishop on _ the 
application of any five Bishops, three months’ 
notice, in writing, of the time, place and object 
of the meeting being given to each Bishop; Pro- 
vided, also, that such remission or modification 
be assented to by not less than a majority of the 
whole number entitled at the time to seats in 
the House of Bishops; and Provided, that nothing 
herein shall be construed to repeal or alter the 
provisions of Canon 40. 


§ II. A Bishop of this Church may, for reasons 
which he shall deem sufficient, remit and terminate 
any sentence of deposition or removal pronounced in 
his jurisdiction upon a Minister; but he shall exercise 
this power only upon the following conditions: 


(a) That he shall act with the advice and con- 
sent of two-thirds of all the members of the 
Standing Committee. 


(b) That he shall submit his proposed action, 
with his reasons therefor, to the judgment of five 
of the Bishops of this Church, whose Dioceses or 























CANON 41. 





Missionary Districts are nearest to his own, and 
shall receive in writing, from at least four of the 
said Bishops, their approval of the said remission, 
and their consent thereto. 


(c) That before remitting such sentence, he 
shall require the person to be restored to the 
Ministry to subscribe to the declaration required 
in Article VIII. of the Constitution. 


§ III. In case such person was deposed for 
abandoning the communion of this Church, or, 
having been deposed by reason of his renunciation 
of the Ministry of this Church, or for other cause. 
he have also abandoned its communion, the Bishop 
before granting such remission, shall be satisfied 
that such person has lived in lay communion with 
this church for three years next preceding his 
application for such remission. 


§ IV. In case the person applying for such re- 
mission shall be domiciled beyond the Diocese or 
Missionary District in which he was deposed, the 
Bishop, before granting such remission, shall be 
furnished with written evidence of the approval 
of such application by the Bishop of the Diocese 
or Missionary District in which such person is 
domiciled. 


§ V. Whenever a_ Bishop. shall remit and 
terminate any sentence of deposition, he _ shall, 
without delay, give due notice thereof under his 
own hand, sending said notice in a sealed envelope 
to the Ecclesiastical Authority of every Diocese 
and Missionary District of this Church and to the 
Recorder, giving, with the full name of the person 
restored, the date of the deposition and the Order 
of the Ministry to which he is restored. 





The case of 
one deposed 
for abandon- 
ing the com- 
munion of 


the Church. 


If residing 

out of the 
Diocese, his 
application to 
have the 
approval of the 
Ecclesiastical 
Authority 
where he 

lives. 


Bishop to give 
rotice of 
remission of 
sentence. 


125 











Rector not to 
resign with- 
out consent of 
Vestry, nor to 
be removed 


against his will. 


Mode of 
settling 
differences. 


126 


CANON 42. 


CANON 42. 
Of the Dissolution of the Pastoral Relation. 


§ I. A Rector may not resign his Parish without 
the consent of the said Parish, or its Vestry, or its 
Trustees, whichever may be authorized to act in the 
premises, nor may any Rector or Minister canoni- 
cally or lawfully elected and in charge of any Parish 
be removed therefrom by said Parish, Vestry, or 
Trustees, against his will, except as hereinafter pro- 


vided. 


§ II. If for any urgent reason a Rector or Minis- 
ter as aforesaid, or the Parish committed to his 
charge, its Vestry or Trustees, shall desire a separa- 
tion and dissolution of the pastoral relation, and the 
parties be not agreed respecting such separation and 
dissolution, notice in writing may be given by either 


_party to the Ecclesiastical Authority of the Diocese 


or Missionary District. The Bishop, in case the 
difference be not settled by his godly judgment, or if 
he decline to consider the case without counsel, may 
ask the advice and consent of the Standing Com- 
mittee of the Diocese or of the Council of Advice of 
the Missionary District, and, proceeding with its aid 
and counsel, shall be the ultimate arbiter and judge. 
If the Diocese or Missionary District be vacant, the 
Ecclesiastical Authority shall select a Bishop of an 
adjacent Diocese or Missionary District to act as the 
Bishop, and with like force and effect. The judg- 
ment shall be either that the pastoral relation be- 
tween the parties shall cease and determine at a 
time and upon terms therein specified, or that the 
said relation shall not be terminated; and it shall be 
the duty of both parties to submit to and abide by 
such judgment. In the event of either party refus- 
ing to abide by such judgment, the penalty for such 











CANON 48. 





refusal and the further proceedings in the case shall 
be those provided by the Constitution and Canons of 
the Diocese or Missionary District in which such 
Parish is situated. 


S 


§ III. In case of the regular and canonical dis- Dissolution of 


: F pastoral 
solution of the connection between a Rector or relation tobe 


ar é . 5 recorded by 
Ministcne ang “01s &barish@utinders thisw) Canoniwethe Secretary of 


Ecclesiastical Authority shall direct the Secretary of “"Y™"°™ 
the Convention to record the same. 


§ IV. This Canon shall not apply in any Diocese This Canon 


at 2 A ; not to apply 
or Missionary District which has made, or shall _ in Diocese or 


cs F Missionary 
hereafter make, provision by Canon upon this sub- District 
where other 


ject, nor in contravention of any right of any Rector, provision 
Minister, Parish, Congregation, or Vestry under the is made. 


law of the Civil Authority. 





CANON 43. 
Of the Solemnization of Matrimony. 


§ I. Ministers of this Church shall be careful to Legal 
secure the observance of the law of the State govern- ““™™°™°r'S 
ing the civil contract of marriage in the place where 
the service shall be performed. 


§ II. [1.] No Minister shall solemnize a marriage Presence of 


. : it e 
except in the presence of at least two witnesses. Peet 


[11.] Every Minister shall without delay formally Marramsé-ta 
record in the proper register the name, age and resi- __ in Register. 
dence of each party. Such record shall be signed by 
the Minister who solemnizes the marriage, and, if 
practicable, by the married parties, and by at least 


two witnesses of the marriage. 


Aw. : : . Marriage of 
§ III. No Minister, knowingly after due inquiry, a divorced 
person is 


shall solemnize the marriage of any person who has __ prohibited. 





127 





Exception. 


Proviso. 


Minister may 
decline to 
officiate. 


Reference of 
doubtful cases 
to the Bishop 
before admis- 
sion to the 
Sacraments. 


Proviso. 


128 





CANON 48. 


been or is the husband or the wife of any other per- 
son then living, from whom he or she has been 
divorced for any cause arising after marriage. No1 
shall it be lawful for any member of this Church 
to enter upon a marriage when either of the con- 
tracting parties is the husband or the wife of any 
other person then living from whom he or she has 
been divorced for any cause arising after marriage. 
But this Canon shall not be held to apply to the 
innocent party in a divorce for adultery; Provided, 
that before the application for such remarriage a 
period of not less than one year shall have elapsed, 
after the granting of such divorce; and that satis- 
factory evidence touching the facts in the case, 
including a copy of the Court’s Decree, and Record, 
if practicable, with proof that the defendant was 
personally served or appeared in the action, be laid 
before the Ecclesiastical Authority, and such Eccle- 
siastical Authority, having taken legal advice thereon, 
shall have declared in writing that in his judgment the 
case of the applicant conforms to the requirements of 
this Canon; and Provided, further, that it shall be 
within the discretion of any Minister to decline to 
solemnize any marriage. 


§ IV. If any Minister of this Church shall have 
cause to think that a person desirous of being ad- 
mitted to Holy Baptism, or to Confirmation, or to the 
Holy Communion, has been married otherwise than 
as the Word of God and discipline of his Church 
allow, such Minister, before receiving such person 
to these ordinances, shall refer the case to the Bishop 
for his godly judgment thereupon; Provided, however, 
that no Minister, shall in any case refuse these 


ordinances to a penitent person in imminent danger 
of death. 











CAN ON 4-45 





CANON 44. 


Of Regulations Respecting the Laity. 


§ I. [i.] A communicant in good standing, re- 
moving from one Parish or Congregation to an- 
other, shall be entitled to receive and shall pro- 
cure from the Rector or Minister of the Parish or 
Congregation of his or her last residence, or, if 
there be no Rector or Minister, from one of the 
Wardens, a certificate stating that he or she is 
duly registered or enrolled as a communicant in 
the Parish or Congregation from which he or she 
desires to be transferred, and the Rector or Muin- 
ister or Warden of the Parish or Congregation to 
which such communicant may remove shall enroll 
him or her as a communicant when such certifi- 
cate is presented, or, on failure to produce such 
certificate through no fault of such communicant, 
upon other evidence of his or her being such a 
communicant, sufficient in the judgment of said 
Rector or Minister. Notice of such enrolment in 
such Parish or Congregation to which such com- 
municant shall have removed, shall be sent by the 
Rector or Minister thereof to the Rector of the 
Parish from which the communicant is removed. 


[11.] Any communicant of any Church in com- 
munion with this Church, shall be entitled to the 
benefit of this Section so far as the same can be 
made applicable. 


[iii.] It shall be the duty of the Rector, or 
Minister of every Parish or Congregation, learn- 
ing of the removal of any member of his Parish 
or Congregation to another Cure, without having 
secured a letter of transfer, as herein provided, to 
transmit to the Minister of such Cure a letter of 
advice informing him thereof. 


Removal of 
communicants. 


129 











Repulsion of 
communicants. 


Versions 
authorized to 
be read in 
Church. 


What the 
Standard is. 


130 


CANONS 45. 


§ II. When a person to whom the Sacraments 
of the Church shall have been refused, or who has 
been repelled from the Holy Communion under 
the Rubrics, shall lodge a complaint with the 
Bishop, it shall be the duty of the Bishop, unless 


he see fit to require the person to be admitted or 


restored because of the insufficiency of the cause 
assigned by the Minister, to institute such an 
inquiry as may be directed by the Canons of the 
Diocese or Missionary District, and should no 
such Canon exist, the Bishop shall proceed accord- 
ing to such principles of law and equity as will 
insure an impartial decision, but no Minister of 
this Church shall be required to admit to the Sac- 
raments a person so refused or repelled, without 
the written direction of the Bishop. 

The Sacraments shall not be refused in any case 
to a penitent person at the point to die. 


CANON 45. 
Of Translations of the Bible. 


The Lessons at Morning and Evening Prayer shall 
be read from the translation of the Holy Scriptures, 
commonly known as the King James or Authorized 
Version (which is the Standard Bible of this 
Church), including the Marginal Readings author- 
ized for use by the General Convention of 1901, or 
from the translation commonly known as the Revised 
Version, either in its English or its American form. 


CANON 46. 
Of the Standard Book of Common Prayer. 


§ I. The copy of the Book of Common Prayer 
and Administration of the Sacraments and other 
Rites and Ceremonies of the Church, according to 
the Use of the Protestant Episcopal Church in the 














CANON 46. 


United States of America, together with the Psalter 
or Psalms of David, the Form of Making, Ordaining, 
and Consecrating Bishops, Priests and Deacons, the 
Form of Consecration of a Church or Chapel, and 
an Office of Institution of Ministers, and Articles of 
Religion, accepted by the General Convention of this 
Church, in the year of our Lord, 1892, and authenti- 
cated by the signatures of the Presiding Officers and 
Secretaries of the two Houses of General Conven- 
tion, and by the signatures of the members of the 
Joint Committee charged with the duty of preparing 
and submitting to the Convention a Standard Prayer 
Book, is hereby declared to be the Standard Book of 
“Common Prayer of this Church. 


§ II. All copies of the Book of Common Prayer 
to be hereafter made and published shall conform to 
this standard, and shall agree therewith in paging, 
and, as far as it is possible, in all other matters of 
typographical arrangement, except that the Rubrics 
may be printed either in red or black, and that page 
numbers shall be set against the several headings in 
the Table of Contents. The requirement of uniform- 
ity in paging shall apply only to that portion of the 
book which begins with the Order for the Daily 
Morning Prayer, and ends with the Psalter, and shall 
not extend to editions smaller than those known as 
32mo, or to editions noted for music. 


§ III. In case any typographical inaccuracy shall 
be found in the Standard Book of Common Prayer, 
its correction may be ordered by a joint resolution of 
any General Convention, and notice of such correc- 
tion shall be communicated by the Custodian to the 
Ecclesiastical Authority of each Diocese of this 
Church, and to actual publishers of the Book of 
Common Prayer. 


All copies to 
conform to it. 


How inaccu- 
racies may be 
corrected. 


131 















Copies of 
Standard to 
be sent to 
Dioceses. 


All editions 
must be 
authorized. 


Appointment 
of Custodian. 


When special 
forms may be 
authorized for 
congregation 
worshipping 
in a foreign 
language. 


132 





CANON 47. 


§ IV. Folio copies of the Standard Book of 
Common Prayer, duly authenticated, as in the case 
of the Standard Book, shall be sent to the Eccle- 
siastical Authority of each Diocese and Missionary 
District in trust for the use thereof, and for reference 
and appeal in questions as to the authorized formu- 
laries of this Church. 


§ V. No copy or edition of the Book of Common 
Prayer shall be made, printed, published, or used as 
of authority in this Church, unless it contain the 
authorization of the Custodian of the Standard Book 
of Common Prayer, certifying that he or some per- 
son appointed by him has compared the said copy. 
or edition with the said Standard, or a certified copy 
thereof, and that it conforms thereto. 


§ VI. The appointment of the Custodian of the 
Standard Book of Common Prayer shall be made by 
a nomination of the House of Bishops, confirmed by 
the House of Deputies. He shall hold office until his 
successor iS appointed, and any vacancy occurring 
during the recess of the General Convention may be 
provisionally filled by the appointment of the Pre- 
siding Bishop. It shall be the duty of the Ecclesiasti- 
cal Authority of any Diocese or Missionary District 
in which any unauthorized edition of the Book of 
Common Prayer, or any part or parts thereof, shall 
be published or circulated, to give public notice that 
the said edition is not of authority in this Church. 


CANON 47. 


Of the Authorization of Special Forms of Service. 


In any Congregation, worshipping in other than 
the English language, which shall have placed itself 
under the oversight of a Bishop of this Church, it 

















CANONS 48, 49. 








shall be lawful to use a form of service in such 
language; Provided, that such form of service shall 
have previously been approved by the Bishop of the 
Diocese or Missionary District, until such time as an 
authorized edition of the Book of Common Prayer in 
such language shall be set forth by the authority of 
the General Convention; and Provided, further, that 
no Bishop shall license any such form of service un- 
til he shall first have been satisfied that the same is 
in accordance with the doctrine and worship of this 
Church; nor in any case shall such form of service 
be used for the ordination or consecration of Bishops, 
Priests, or Deacons. 


CANON 48. 
Of the Due Celebration of Sundays. 


All persons within this Church shall celebrate and 
keep the Lord’s Day, commonly called Sunday, by 
regular participation in the public worship of the 
Church, by hearing the Word of God read and 
taught, and by other acts of devotion and works of 
charity, using all godly and sober conversation. 


CANON 49. . 
Of the Music of the Church. 


It shall be the duty of every Minister to appoint 
for use in his Congregation hymns or anthems from 
those authorized by the Rubric, and, with such assis- 
tance as he may see fit to employ from persons 
skilled in music, to give order concerning the tunes 
to be sung in his Church. It shall be his especial 
duty to suppress all light and unseemly music, and 
all irreverence in the performance. 





The Lord’s 
Day to be 
observed. 


Hymns, etc.. 
to be 
appointed. 


133 

















No Church to 
be consecrated 
until fully 
paid for. 


Vestry not to 
encumber or 
alienate with- 
out consent 

of Bishop and 
Standing 
Committee. 


No Church to 
be taken down 
or applied to 
any common 
uses without 
same consent. 


Of the 
organizing of 
the House 

of Deputies. 


C.AWN, OON.S. 35 04. Tots 





CANON 50. 


Of the Consecration of Churches. 

§ I. No Church or Chapel shall be consecrated 
until the Bishop shall have been sufficiently certified 
that the building and the ground on which it is 
erected have been fully paid for, and are free from 
lien or other encumbrance; and also that such build- 
ing and ground are secured from the danger of 
alienation, either in whole or in part, from those who 
profess and practice the Doctrine, Discipline, and 
Worship of this Church, except in the cases provided 
in §§ IJ. and III. of this Canon. 

§ II. It shall not be lawful for any Vestry, 
Trustees, or other body authorized by laws of any 
State or Territory to hold property for any Diocese, 
Parish, or Congregation, to encumber or alienate 
any consecrated Church or Chapel, or any Church or 
Chapel which has been used solely for Divine Serv- 
ice, belonging to the Parish or Congregation which 
they represent, without the previous consent of the 
Bishop, acting with the advice and consent of the 
Standing Committee of the Diocese. 

§ III. No consecrated Church or Chapel shall be 
removed, taken down, or otherwise disposed of for 
any worldly or common use, without the previous 
consent of the Bishop, acting with the advice and 
consent of the Standing Committee of the Diocese. 


CANON 51. 
Of the General Convention. 


§ I. [1.] At the time and place appointed for the 


meeting of the General Convention, the Secretary of 
the House of Deputies, or, in his absence, one of 
the Assistant Secretaries, in the order of their ap- 
pointment, or, in the absence of all, the person 
appointed as hereinafter provided by the Standing 
Committee of the Diocese in which the General Con- 











CANON 51. 


vention is to meet, shall call to order the mémbers 
present, and record the names of those whose 
testimonials, in due form, shall have been presented 
to him, which record shall be prima facie evidence 
that the persons whose names are therein recorded 
are entitled to seats. If there be a quorum present, 
by the record, the Secretary shall so declare, and 
the House shall proceed to organize by the election 
by ballot of a President from the members of the 
House, and of a Secretary, and a majority of all the 
votes cast shall be necessary to an election. As soon 
as a President and Secretary have been elected, a 
committee shall be appointed to wait upon the House 
of Bishops, and inform them of the organization of 
the House of Deputies, and of its readiness to pro- 
ceed to business. 


[ii.] In order to aid the Secretary in preparing 
the record specified in clause [i.], it shall be the duty 
of the Secretary of the Convention of every Diocese 
to forward to him, as soon as may be practicable, 
a copy of the latest Journal of the Diocesan Conven- 
tion, together with a certified copy of the testimonials 
of members aforesaid.’ He shall also forward a 
duplicate copy of such testimonials to the Standing 
Committee of the Diocese in which the General Con- 
vention is next to meet. 


[ii1.] The Secretary shall keep full minutes of the 
proceedings of the House; record them, with all 
reports, in a book provided for that purpose; pre- 
serve the Journals and Records of the House; deliver 
them to the Registrar, as hereinafter provided, and 
perform such other duties as may be directed by the 
House. He may, with the approval of the House, 
appoint Assistant Secretaries, and the Secretary and 
Assistant Secretaries shall continue in office until the 
organization of the next General Convention, and 


Testimonials 
of Deputies 
and Diocesan 
Journals to 
be sent to 

the Secretary. 


Secretary to 
keep minutes, 
etc. 


135 








Appointment 
of Secretary 
in case of 
vacancy 
during recess. 


Notices of 
Amendments 
to the Consti- 
tution and of 
the Book of 
Common 
Prayer. 


Secretary and 
Treasurer 
entitled to 
seats not 
votes. 


Rules and 
Orders of the 
House of 
Deputies. 


136 


CriAN-O WN Wi Sule 


until their successors be chosen. If, during the 
recess of the General Convention, a vacancy should 
occur in the office of Secretary, the duties thereof 
shall devolve upon the senior Assistant Secretary; 
or, if there be none, a Secretary shall be appointed 
by the Standing Committee of the Diocese in which 
the General Convention is next to meet. 


[iv.] It shall be the duty of the Secretary of the 
House of Deputies, whenever any alteration of the 
Book of Common Prayer or of the Constitution is 
proposed, or any other subject submitted to the 
consideration of the several Diocesan Conventions, to 
give notice thereof to the Ecclesiastical Authority of 
the Church in every Diocese and Missionary District, 
as well as to the Secretary of the Convention of 
every Diocese, and written evidence that the fore- 
going requirement has been complied with shall be 
presented by him to the General Convention at its 
next Session. All such notices shall be sent by 
registered mail, return receipts being required. He 
shall notify each Diocesan Secretary that it is his 
duty to make known such proposed alterations of the 
Book of Common Prayer, and of the Constitution, and 
such other ‘subjects, to the Convention of his Diocese 
at its next meeting, and to certify to the Secretary 
of the House of Deputies that such action has been 
taken by him. 


[v.] The Secretary of the House of Deputies and 
the Treasurer of the General Convention shall be 
entitled to seats upon the floor of the House, and, 
with the consent of the President, they may speak on 
the subjects of their respective offices. 


[vi.] At the meetings of the House of Deputies the 
Rules and Orders of the previous meeting shall be in 
force until they are amended or repealed by the House. 








CANON’ 6&1. 


§ Il. [1.] The right of calling special meetings of 
the General Convention shall be vested in the 
Bishops. The Presiding Bishop shall issue the sum- 
mons for such meetings, designating the time and 
place thereof, with the consent, or on the requisition, of 
a majority of the Bishops, expressed to him in writing. 

[11.] The Deputies elected to the preceding Gen- 
eral Convention shall be the Deputies at such special 
meetings of the General Convention, except in those 
cases in which other Deputies shall have been chosen 
in the meantime by any of the Diocesan Conventions, 
and then such other Deputies shall represent in the 
special meeting of the General Convention the 
Church of the Diocese in which they have been chosen. 

[iii.] Any vacancy in the representation of any 
Diocese caused by the death, absence or inability of 
any Deputy, shall be supplied either temporarily or 
permanently in such manner as shall be prescribed by 
the Diocese, or, in the absence of any such provision, 
by appointment by the Ecclesiastical Authority of the 
Diocese. During such periods as shall be stated in 
the certificate issued to him by the appointing power, 
the Provisional Deputy so appointed shall possess 
and shall be entitled to exercise the power and 
authority of the Deputy in place of whom he shall 
have been designated. 


§ III. [i.] The House of Deputies, upon the 
nomination of the House of Bishops, shall elect a 
Presbyter, to be known as the Registrar of the 
General Convention, whose duty it shall be to receive 
all Journals, files, papers, reports and other docu- 
ments or articles that are, or shall become, the 
property of either House of the General Convention ; 
to arrange, label, index, and put them in order, and 
to provide for the safe keeping of the same in some 
fire-proof, accessible place of deposit, and to hold the 


Special 
meetings. 


Deputies to 
special 
Conventions. 


Vacancies, 
how supplied. 


Provisional 
Deputies. 


Registrar to 
keep papers. 


137 





Registrar to 
keep records 
of consecra- 
tions. 


Registrar 
to prepare 
Letters of 


Consecration. 


Historio- 
grapher. 


Expenses of 
Registrar. 


Journals and 
papers to be 
delivered to 
Registrar. 


138 


CANON 51. 





same under such regulations as the General Conven- 
tion may, from time to time, provide. 


[ii.] It shall also be the duty of the said Registrar 
to procure a suitable book, and to enter therein the 
record of the ordinations and consecrations of all 
the Bishops of this Church, designating accurately 
the time and place of the same, with the names of 
the consecrating Bishops, and of others present and 
assisting; to have the same authenticated in the 
fullest manner practicable; and to take care for the 
similar record and authentication of all future ordina- 
tions and consecrations of Bishops in this Church. 
Due notice of the time and place of such ordinations 
and consecrations shall be given by the Presiding 
Bishop to the Registrar; and thereupon it shall be his 
duty to attend such ordinations and consecrations, 
either in person or by Deputy. 

(iin) Hed shalle-preparejiiin such orm easiethe 
House of Bishops shall prescribe the Letters of 
Ordination and Consecration in duplicate; and he 
shall have the same immediately signed and sealed 
by the ordaining and consecrating Bishops, and by 
such other Bishops assisting as may be practicable; 
and he shall deliver to the newly consecrated Bishop 
one of the said Letters, and shall carefully file the 
other among the papers in his custody, and make .a 
minute thereof in his book of record. 


[iv.] The Registrar shall also be Historiographer, 
unless in any case the House of Bishops shall make 
a separate nomination; and in this event the House 
of Deputies shall confirm the nomination. 

[v.] The necessary expenses incurred under this 
Section shall be paid by the Treasurer of the General 
Convention. 

[vi.] It shall be the duty of the Secretaries of 
both Houses, within six months after the adjournment 




















‘CANON 51. 


i aaa nhl hh tee Ol i Oe rt eS eee eee 


of the General Convention, to deliver to the Registrar 
the manuscript minutes of the proceedings of both 
Houses, together with the Journals, files, papers, 
reports, and all other documents of either House. 
The manuscript Minutes of both Houses shall remain 
filed until after the adjournment of the Second Con- 
vention following that at which such Minutes shall 
have been taken; Provided, however, that any part of 
such Minutes, for any reason unpublished in the 
Journal, shall remain filed in the Archives. The 
Secretary of the House of Deputies shall also 
deliver to the Registrar, when not otherwise ex- 
pressly directed, all the Journals, files, papers, reports, 
and other documents specified in Canon 52. The 
Secretaries shall require the Registrar to give them 
receipts for the Journals and other papers delivered 
to him. 

[vii.] In the case of a vacancy in the office of 
Registrar, the Presiding Bishop shall appoint a 
Registrar, who shall hold office until the next General 
Convention. 


§ IV. [i.] The House of Deputies, upon nomina- 
tion of the House of Bishops, shall elect a Recorder, 
whose duty it shall be to continue the List of Ordi- 
nations and keep a List of the Clergy in regular 
standing, corrected to the first day of September, in 
each year, and furnish a certified copy of the same 
to any applicant at his expense. 


[ii.] It shall be the duty of the Secretary of 
every Diocese, Missionary District and the Convoca- 
tion of American Churches in Europe, to forward to 
the Recorder on or before the first day of September 
in each and every year a report giving (1) the names 
of the Clergy canonically resident therein on the 
fifteenth day of June in that year with their several 
charges, etc.; (2) the names of the Clergy licensed 








Appointment 
of Registrar 
in case of 
vacancy 
during recess. 


Recorder, his 
duties. 


Data and 
Statistics to 
be sent to 
Recorder. 


139 








Treasurer, 
his duties. 


140 






GC BAW ON 167 3 






by the Bishop to officiate, but not yet transferred; 
(3) the names of all persons connected with the Dio- 
cese, District or Convocation who have been ordered 
Deacons or Priests during the preceding year, with 
the date and place of ordination and the name of 
the Bishop ordaining; (4) the names of the Clergy 
of the Diocese, District or Convocation, who have 
died during the year, with the date and place of 
death; (5) the names of the Clergy who have been 
received during the year, with the date of their recep- 
tion and the name of the Diocese, District or Con- 
vocation from which received, and, in the case of 
Clergy not received from a Diocese, District or Con- 
vocation of this Church, the date and place of ordina- 
tion and the name of the Bishop ordaining; (6) ,the 
names of the Clergy who have been transferred dur- 
ing the year, with the dates of the Letters Dimissory 
and of their acceptance, and the name of the Dio- 
cese, District, or Convocation to which transferred; 
(7) the names of the Clergy who have been sus- 
pended during the year, with the date and ground of 
suspension; (8) the names of the Clergy who have 
been deposed during the year, with the date, place 
and ground of deposition; (9) the names of Deacon- 
esses canonically resident on the fifteenth day of June 
in that year. The Recorder shall not give out for 
publication the grounds of suspension and deposition. 


[iii.] The necessary expenses incurred under this 
Section by the Recorder, shall be paid by the Treas- 
urer of the General Convention. 


[iv.] In case of a vacancy in the office of 
Recorder, the Presiding Bishop shall appoint a 
Recorder, who shall hold office until the next 
General Convention. 

§ V. At every triennial meeting of the General 
Convention a Treasurer shall be chosen, who shall 














CANON 51. i 


remain in office until the next stated Convention, and 
until a successor be appointed. It shall be his duty 
to receive and disburse all moneys collected under 
the authority of the Convention, and of which the 
collection and disbursement shall not otherwise be 
prescribed; and to invest, from time to time, such 
surplus funds as he may have on hand. His account 
shall be rendered triennially to the Convention, and 
shall be audited by a Committee acting under its 
authority. In case of a vacancy in the office, the 
Presiding Bishop and the last President of the House 
of Deputies shall appoint a Treasurer, who shall 
hold office until another appointment be made by 
the Convention. 


§ VI. In order that the contingent expenses of 
the General Convention may be defrayed, it shall be 
the duty of the several Diocesan Conventions to 
forward to the Treasurer of the General Convention, 
on the first Monday in September immediately pre- 
ceding the meeting of the General Convention, five 
dollars for each Bishop, Presbyter, and Deacon 
canonically resident in such Diocese as recorded in 
the Journal of the General Convention last preceding. 
A new Diocese not recorded in the last Journal shall 
furnish the Treasurer prior to the first of September 
as above stated, a list of Bishops, Priests, and 
Deacons canonically resident in such Diocese, and 
said list shall be the same as furnished in their 
report to the House of Deputies. 


§ VII. The Treasurer of the General Convention 
shall have authority to borrow, in behalf and in the 
name of the General Convention, with the approval 
of the Presiding Bishop, such a sum not exceeding 
five thousand dollars per annum, as in his judgment 
may be necessary to help defray the expenses of the 
General Convention; Provided, that the total amount 


Expenses of 
General 
Convention. 


141 














CA WN ON? \S 2. 


of the indebtedness in this Section shall at no time 
exceed ten thousand dollars. 


§ VIII. The Treasurer shall give a bond con- 
ditioned on the faithful performance of his duties. 
The amount thereof and the terms on which the same 
shall be given shall be subject to the approval of the 
Presiding Bishop, the expense of such bond to be 
paid by the General Convention. 





§ IX. The Treasurer shall submit to the General 
Convention at each regular meeting thereof a detailed 
budget for which he proposes to request appropria- 
tions for the ensuing triennium. He shall have power 
to expend all sums of money covered by this budget, 
subject to such provisions of the Canons as shall be 
applicable. 


CANON 52. 
Of the Mode of Securing an Accurate View of the State 
of this Church. 


Ministers to } e 
aca § I. A report of every Parish and other congrega 


feed tion of this Church shall be prepared annually for the 

year ending December 3lst preceding, upon the blank 
form adopted by the General Convention, and shall 
be sent not later than February lst to the Bishop of 
the Diocese or Missionary District, or, where there 
is no Bishop, to the Secretary of the Diocese or Dis- 
trict. In every Parish the preparation and delivery 
of this report shall be the joint duty of the Rector 
and Vestry, and in every other congregation the duty 
of the Minister in charge thereof. This report 


Information 


to be shall include the following information: (1) the 
number of baptisms, confirmations, marriages, and 
burials during the year; the total number of baptized 
persons and communicants at the time of the report; 
and for all purposes the number of members of the 
Church shall be deemed to’ be the number of bap- 


included. 











CANON 352. 





tized persons; (2) a summary of all receipts and 
expenditures, from whatever source derived, and for 
whatever purpose used; and (3) a statement of the 
property held by the Parish, whether real or personal, 
with an appraisal of its value, together with a state- 
ment of the indebtedness of the Parish, if any, and 
of the amount of insurance carried. And every 
Minister not in charge of any Parish or Congrega- 
tion shall also report his occasional services, and if 
there have been none, the causes or reasons which 
have prevented the same. And these reports, or 
such parts of them as the Bishop may deem proper, 
shall be entered in the Journal. 





§ II. It shall be the duty of the Secretary of the Secretaries of 


Convention of every Diocese and of the Convocation plead 

Lae : A Journals, etc., 

of every Missionary District to forward to the Secre- to Secretary 

tary of the House of Deputies immediately upon oe 
publication the Journals of the Convention of the 
Diocese or Convocation of the Missionary District, 
together with Episcopal charges, statements and 
such other papers as may show the State of the 
Church in his Diocese or Missionary District. It 
shall also be his duty to prepare, immediately after 
the adjournment of the Diocesan Convention or the 
Convocation of a Missionary District next preceding 
the regular meeting of every General Convention, 
and forward forthwith to the Secretary of the House 
of Deputies, upon the blank provided for that pur- 
pose, which shall conform to the reports required 
in the previous Section of this Canon, and _ shall 
give a condensed summary of the statistics con- 
| tained in the Parochial reports and Bishop’s state- 
ments, with information as to all institutions in any 
way connected with the Church within the Diocese 
or Missionary District, and also as to the condition of 


all invested funds and the amount of all contribu- 
143 








CANON 538. 





Report on the 
state of the 
Church. 





Fiscal year. 


Permanent 
Board 
constituted. 


Duties 
thereof. 





Deposit 
| of Funds, 


Audit of 
accounts, 


144 


tions received and expended by the Bishops, or 
otherwise within the Diocese or District. The Secre- 
tary of the House of Deputies shall, as soon as may 
be, present these papers to the House, and a com- 
mittee shall be appointed to prepare and present to 
the House a report on the State of the Church, 
which report, when agreed to by the said House, 
shall be sent to the House of Bishops. 


CANON 53. 
Of Business Methods in Church Affairs. 


§ I. The Fiscal year shall begin January Ist. 


§ II. A permanent Board consisting of one Bishop, 
one Clergyman and three Laymen, shall be con- 
stituted under the name of the Board of Church 
Finance, to promote the establishment of a uniform 
system of Parochial and Diocesan finances and re- 
ports, and to devise and recommend such improve- 
ments in methods of conducting Church finances, 
and of securing statistical information as may be 
found by experience from time to time to be desira- 
ble. The members of the Board shall be appointed 
triennially, and vacancies occurring therein shall be 
filled by the Presidents of the two Houses. 


§ III. It shall be the duty of the custodians of 
all trust and permanent funds for Church purposes 
to deposit the same in trust with some Trust Com- 
pany or Bank organized under the laws of the 
United States, or of a State, or with a corporation 
of the Diocese, such as an incorporated Board of 
Trustees, and a full and detailed statement of each 
fund shall be annually reported to the Diocesan 
Convention, or the District Convocation. 


§ IV. All accounts, having to do with the receipt, 
and expenditure, or investments of money of all 




















CANON 54. 


church organizations shall be audited at the close of 
each year by a certified public accountant; Provided, 
however, that if the amount of income for the year, 
as shown by the account shall be less than $3,000, 
or if a certified public accountant is not available, the 
audit may be made by an accountant bookkeeper in 
no way connected with the subject matter of the 
account. 

§ V. Each Diocese and Missionary District shall 
appoint at its next regular Convention or Convoca- 
tion—provided one has not heretofore been appointed 
—and annually thereafter a Finance Committee or a 
Department of Finance for the following purposes: 

[1.] To maintain general supervision of the finan- 
cial affairs of the Diocese or District; to secure 
simplicity and accuracy in collection and disburse- 
ments of all funds, and co-operation between the 
various officers, trusts and boards of the Convention 
or District; for which purpose it shall establish its 
own rules and keep a record of its meetings, all of 
which shall be submitted annually to the Convention 
or Convocation. 

[ii.] To act as advisor of the Bishop in financial 
matters; and, upon request, as advisor to individual 
parishes within the Diocese or District. 

[iii.] To see to it that adequate insurance is 
maintained upon all Church property and that the 
budget system be introduced into all Parishes. 

[iv.] To perform such other duties relating to 
the business affairs of the Diocese or District as 
may be referred to it. 


CANON 54. 


Of Provinces. 


§ I. Subject to the proviso in Article VII. of 
the Constitution, the Dioceses and Missionary 


Diocesan 
Finance 
Committees. 
Duties 
thereof. 


To act as 
Advisor. 


Adequate 
Insurance. 


How ; 
constituted. 


145 











| CANON 54. 


Districts of this Church shall be and are hereby 
united into Provinces as follows: | 


The First Province shall consist of the Dioceses 
within the States of Maine, New Hampshire, Ver- 
mont, Massachusetts, Rhode Island and  Con- 
necticut. | 

The Second Province shall consist of the Dio- | 
ceses within the States of New York and New | 
Jersey, and the Missionary Districts of Porto Rico © 
and Haiti. 


The Third Province shall consist of the Dioceses 
within the States of Pennsylvania, Delaware, 
Maryland, Virginia, West Virginia and_ the 
Diocese of Washington. 

The Fourth Province shall consist of the Dio- 
ceses and Missionary Districts within the States 
of North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, 
Florida, Alabama, Midississippi, Louisiana, Ten- 
nessee and Kentucky and the Panama Canal Zone. 

The Fifth Province shall consist of the Dioceses | 
within the States of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michi- _ 
gan and Wisconsin. | 

The Sixth Province shall consist of the Dioceses 
and Missionary Districts within the States of 
Minnesota, Iowa, North Dakota, South Dakota, 
Nebraska, Montana, Wyoming and Colorado. 

The Seventh Province shall consist of the Dioceses | 
and Missionary Districts within the States of Mis- 
sourl sArkansas,.! Lexas...Kansase.klanoma wand 
New Mexico. 

The Eighth Province shall consist of the Dio- 
ceses and Missionary Districts within the States 
of Idaho, Utah, Washington, Oregon, Nevada, 
California, Arizona, the Territories of Alaska and 
Hawaii, and the Missionary District of the Philip- 
pine Islands. 








146 














CANON 54. 


§ II. When a new Diocese or Missionary Dist- 
rict shall be created wholly within any Province, 
such new Diocese or Missionary District shall be 
included in such Province. In case a new Diocese 
or Missionary District shall embrace territory in 
two or more Provinces, it shall be included in and 
form a part of the Province wherein the greater 
number of Presbyters and Deacons in such new 
Diocese or Missionary District shall at the time 
of its creation be canonically resident. Whenever 
a new Diocese or Missionary District shall be 
formed of territory not before included in any 
Diocese or Missionary District, the General Con- 
vention shall designate the Province to which it 
shall be annexed. 


§ III. For the purposes of the Province the 
Synodical rights and privileges of the _ several 
Dioceses and Missionary Districts within the 
Province shall be such as from time to time shall 
be determined by the Synod of the Province. 

§ IV. There shall be in each Province a Synod 
consisting of a House of Bishops and a House of 
Deputies, which Houses shall sit and deliberate 
either separately or together. 

§ V. Every Bishop of this Church, having 
jurisdiction within the Province, every Bishop 
Coadjutor and Suffragan Bishop, and every Bishop 
whose episcopal work has been within the Prov- 
ince, but who by reason of advanced age or bodily 
infirmity has resigned, shall have a seat and vote 
in the House of Bishops of the Province. 

§ VI. The President of each Province shall be 
one of the Bishops of the Province, elected by the 
Synod by the concurrent vote of the three orders 
and by a plurality in each order. He shall hold 
office for such term as the Synod may determine. 







In case new 
Diocese or 
Missionary 
District be 
created. - 


Provincial 
Synod. 


Bishops have 
seat and vote. 


| : 147 














Representa- 
tives of 
Dioceses 

and Districts. 


Powers of. 






CANON 54. 


§ VII. Each Diocese within the Province shall 
be entitled to representation in the Provincial 
House of Deputies by four Presbyters, canonic- 
ally resident in the Diocese, and four Laymen, 
communicants of this Church, having domicile in 
the Diocese, but the Provincial Synod, by Ordi- 
nance, may increase the representation to not more 
than six in each order. Each Province may de- 
termine the qualifications of its Deputies and the 
manner in which they shall be chosen. Each Mis- 
sionary District within the Province shall be en- 
titled to representation in the Provincial House of 
Deputies by two Presbyters, canonically resident 
in the District, and by two Laymen, communicants 
of this Church, having domicile in the Missionary 
District, but the Provincial Synod, by Ordinance, 
may increase the representation to not more than 
three in each order. Each Missionary District 
shall determine the manner in which its Deputies 
shall be chosen. 


§ VIII. The Provincial Synod, when duly organ- 
ized, shall have power (1) to enact Ordinances for 
its own regulation and government; (2) to elect the 
judges of the Provincial Court of Review; (3) to 
create by Ordinance a Provincial Council with power 
to administer and carry on such Missionary, Educa- 
tional and Social work of the Church in the Province, 
as may be committed to it by the General Convention 
or by the Presiding Bishop and the National Council; 
(4) to perform such other duties as may be com- 
mitted to it by the General Convention; (5) to deal 
with all matters within the Province; Provided, how- 
ever, that no Provincial Synod shall have power to 
regulate or control the internal policy or affairs of 
any constituent Diocese or Missionary District, and 
Provided, further, that all actions and proceedings of 














the Synod shall be subject to and in conformity with 
the provision of the Constitution and Canons for the 
government of this Church. 


§ IX. Whenever the General Convention shall 
refer any subject to the Provincial Synods, or any 
of them, for their consideration, it shall be the 
duty of such Synods to consider the subject or 
subjects so referred to them at the first meeting 
of the Synod held after the adjournment of the 
General Convention, and to report their action and 
judgment in the matter to the Secretary of the 
House of Bishops and to the Secretary of the 
House of Deputies at least six months before the 
date of the meeting of the next General Con- 
vention. 


CANON 55. 
Of Standing Committees. 


§ I. In every Diocese the Standing Committee 
shall elect from their own body a President and a 
Secretary. They may meet in conformity with their 
own rules from time to time, and shall keep a record 
of their proceedings; and the President may summon 
a special meeting whenever he may deem it neces- 
sary. They shall be summoned on the requisition of 
the Bishop, whenever he shall desire their advice; 
and they may meet of their own accord and agree- 
ably to their own rules when they may be disposed 
to advise the Bishop. 


§ II. In all cases in which a Canon of the Gen- 
eral Convention directs a duty to be performed, or a 
power to be exercised, by a Standing Committee, or 
by the Clerical members thereof, or by any other 
body consisting of several members, a majority of 
the said members, the whole having been duly cited 
to meet, shall be a quorum; and a majority of the 


To consider 
subjects 
referred by 
General 
Convention. 


Meetings. 


Quorum. 


149 








Majority of 
a quorum 
competent 
to act. 


Procedure 

as to 
Ecclesiastical 
Authority 

in case of 
disability of 
the Bishop. 


Primary 
Convention. 


150 





CANON 56. 


quorum so convened shall be competent to act, unless 
the contrary is expressly required by the Canon. 

Se LT? | When it’s? (certified tetos) the mir esiding 
Bishop by at least three reputable physicians who 
shall have examined the case, that the Bishop of 
any Diocese is incapable of authorizing the Bishop 
Coadjutor, if there be one, or a Suffragan Bishop, if 
there be one, or the Standing Committee, to act 
as the Ecclesiastical Authority, then upon the advice 
of five Bishops of the neighboring Dioceses, to be 
selected by the Presiding Bishop, the Bishop Coad- 
jutor, if there be one, or a Suffragan Bishop, if there 
be one, and if the Constitution and Canons of the 
Diocese so provide, or the Standing Committee, shall 
be declared by the Presiding Bishop to be the Eccle- 
siastical Authority for all purposes set forth in these 
Canons, and shall retain such authority until such 
time as, acting upon a like certificate, the Presiding 
Bishop shall declare the said Bishop competent to 
perform his official duties. 


CANON 56. 
Of New Dioceses. 

§ I. Whenever a new Diocese shall be formed 
within the limits of any Diocese, or by the junction 
of two or more Dioceses, or parts of Dioceses, or in 
a Missionary District, and such action shall have 
been ratified by the General Convention, the Bishop 
of the Diocese or Missionary District within the 
limits of which a Diocese is formed, or in case of 
the junction of two or more Dioceses or Missionary 
Districts, or parts of Dioceses or Missionary Districts, 
the senior Bishop by consecration shall thereupon 
call the Primary Convention of the new Diocese, for 
the purpose of enabling to organize, and shall fix 
the time and place of holding the same, such place 
being within the territorial limits of the new Diocese. 

























CANON 54. 





§ II. In case there should be no Bishop who can 
call such Primary Convention, pursuant to the fore- 
going provisions, then the duty of calling such Con- 
vention for the purpose of organizing and of fixing 
the time and place of its meeting, shall be vested in 
the Standing Committee of the Diocese or Council 
of Advice of the Missionary District within the 
limits of which the new one is erected, or in the 
Standing Committee or Council of Advice of the 
oldest of the Dioceses or Missionary Districts by the 
junction of which, or of parts of which, the new 
Diocese may be formed. And such Standing Com- 
mittee, or Council of Advice, shall make the call 
immediately after ratification of the General Con- 
vention. 


§ III. Whenever one Diocese is about to be di- 
vided into two Dioceses, the Convention of such Dio- 


cese shall declare which portion thereof is to be the 


new Diocese, and shall make the same known to the 
General Convention before the ratification of such 
division. 


§ IV. Whenever a new Diocese shall have organ- 
ized in Primary Convention in accordance with the 
provisions of the Constitution and Canons in such 
case made and provided, and in the manner pre- 
scribed in the previous sections of this Canon, and 
shall have chosen a name and acceded to the Consti- 
tution of the General Convention in accordance with 
Article V., Section 1 of the Constitution, and shall 
have laid before the General Convention certified 
copies of the Constitution adopted at its Primary 
Convention, and the proceedings preparatory to the 
formation of the proposed new Diocese, such new 
Diocese shall thereupon be admitted into union with 
the General Convention. 


How called, 


when there is 


no Bishop. 


In case of 
division of 
existing 
Diocese. 


How admitted, 


into union 
with General 
Convention. 


151 

















Convocation 
may elect 
Bishop and 
Deputies. 


Congregation 
to belong to 


Diocese where 


its place of 
worship is 
situated. 


No Minister 
shall have a 
seat in more 
than one 
Convention. 


Parish 


boundaries. 


Formation of 
new Parish 
within limits 
of existing 
Parish. 


Parish 
boundaries, 
when not 
defined by 
Diocesan 
Conventions. 


152 


CANON 57. 


§ V. The Convocation of a Missionary District at 
the time of its organization as a Diocese, shall be 
entitled to elect Deputies to the succeeding General 
Convention, and also to elect a Bishop, if the Mis- 
sionary Bishop in charge of such District shall elect 
not to become the Bishop of said Diocese. 


CANON 57. 
Of Parishes and Congregations. 


§ I. Every Congregation of this Church shall be- 
long to the Church in the Diocese or Missionary 
District in which its place of worship is situated; 
and no Minister having a Parish or Cure in more 
than one jurisdiction shall have a seat in the Con- 
vention of any jurisdiction other than that in which 
he has canonical residence. 

§ II. [i.] The ascertainment and defining of the 
boundaries of existing Parishes or Parochial Cures, 
as well as the establishment of a new Parish or Con- 
gregation, and the formation of a new Parish within 
the limits of any other Parish, is left to the action of 
the several Diocesan Conventions. 

[ui.] Until a Canon or other regulation of a Dio- 
cesan Convention shall have been adopted, the 
formation of new Parishes, or the establishment of 
new Parishes or Congregations within the limits of 
existing Parishes, shall be vested in the Bishop of 
the Diocese, acting by and with the advice and con- 
sent of the Standing Committee thereof, and, in case 
of there being no Bishop, in the Ecclesiastical Au- 
thority. 

§ III. [i.] Where Parish boundaries are not de- 
fined by law, or settled by Diocesan Authority under 
Section Il. of this Canon, or are not otherwise 
settled, they shall be defined by the civil divisions 
of the State as follows: 














CANOGNE £7 


Parochial boundaries shall be the limits as fixed 
by law, of a village, town, township, incorporated 
borough, city, or of some division of any such civil 
district, which may be recognized by the Bishop, act- 
ing with the advice and consent of the Standing 
Committee, as constituting the boundaries of a 
Parish. 

[u1.] If there be but one Church or Congregation 
within the limits of such village, town, township, 
borough, city, or such division of a civil district, as 
herein provided, the same shall be deemed the Paro- 
chial Cure of the Minister having charge thereof. lf 
there be two or more Churches or Congregations 
therein, it shall be deemed the Cure of the Ministers 
thereof. 


[11i.] This Canon shall not affect the legal rights 
of property of any Parish or Congregation. 


§ IV. [i.] It shall be lawful, under the conditions 
hereinafter stated, to organize a Congregation in any 
foreign land, other than Great Britain and Ireland, 
and the colonies and dependencies thereof, and not 
within the jurisdiction of any Missionary Bishop of 
this Church. 

[11.] The Bishop in charge of such Congrega- 
tions, and the Council of Advice hereinafter pro- 
vided for, may authorize any Presbyter of this Church 
to officiate temporarily at any place to be named by 
them within any such foreign land, upon being satis- 
fied that it is expedient to establish at such place a 
Congregation of this Church. 

[iii.] Such Presbyter, after having publicly off- 


ciated at such place on four consecutive Sundays, 
may give notice, in the time of Divine Service, that 
a meeting of the male persons of full age and attend- 
ing the services, will be held, at a time and place to 
be named by the Presbyter in charge, to organize 








What is to 
constitute 
Parochial 

Cure. 


Not to affect 
legal rights. 


Congregations 
in foreign 
lands. 


W ho may 
officiate _ 
temporarily. 


Organization 
ofa : 
Congregation. 

















Congregation 
to recognize 
Constitution 
and Canons, 


Desire to be 
received by 
General 
Convention to 
be certified. 


How accepted. 


Presiding 
Bishop may 
assign 
jurisdiction. 


154 





CANON 57. 


the Congregation. The said meeting may proceed to 
effect an organization, subject to the approval of the 
said Bishop and Council of Advice and in conformity 
to such regulations as the said Council of Advice 
may provide. 

[iv.] Before being taken under the direction of 
the General Convention of this Church, such Con- 
gregation shall be required, in its Constitution, or 
Plan, or Articles of Organization, to recognize and 
accede to the Constitution, Canons, Doctrine, Disci- 
pline, and Worship of this Church, and to agree to 
submit to and obey such directions as may be, from 
time to time, received from the Bishop in charge and 
Council of Advice. 


|v.] The desire of such Congregation to be taken 
under the direction of the General Convention shall 
be duly certified by the Minister, one Warden, and 
two Vestrymen or Trustees of said Congregation, 
duly elected. 


[vi.] Such certificate, and the Constitution, Plan, 
or Articles of Organization, shall be submitted to the 
General Convention, if it be in session, or to the Pre- 
siding Bishop at any other time; and in case the 
same are found satisfactory, the Secretary of the 
House of Deputies of the General Convention, under 
written instruction from the Presiding Bishop, shall 
thereupon place the name of the Congregation on the 
list of Congregations in foreign lands under the 
direction of the General Convention; and a certificate 
of the said official action shall be forwarded to and 
filed by the Registrar of this Church. Such Con- 
gregations are placed under the government and 
jurisdiction of the Presiding Bishop. 

[vu.] The Presiding Bishop, may from time to 
time, by written commission under his own signature 
and seal, assign to any other Bishop of this Church, 











GA NON) 57. 


having a seat and vote in the House of Bishops, the 
full charge of one or more of such Congregations, 
and the Ministers officiating therein, for such period 
of time as he may deem expedient, not exceeding 
three years; Provided, that should such term expire 
in a year during which a General Convention is to 
be held, prior to said Convention, the Commission 
may be extended until the adjournment of the Con- 
vention. 


[vili.] Nothing in this Canon is to be construed 
as preventing the election of a Bishop to have charge 
of such Congregations under the provision of Canon 13. 


[ix.] To aid the Presiding Bishop or the Bishop 
in charge of these foreign Churches, in administer- 
ing the affairs of the same, and in settling such ques- 
tions as may, by means of their peculiar situation, 
arise, a Council of Advice, consisting of four Clergy- 
men and four Laymen, shall be constituted as fol- 
lows, and shall act as a Council of Advice to the 
Bishop in charge of the foreign Churches. They 
shall be chosen annually, to serve until their succes- 
sors are chosen, by a Convocation duly convened, of 
all the Clergy of the foreign Churches or Chapels, 
and of one Lay representative of each Church or 
Chapel, chosen by its Vestry or Committee. The 
Council of Advice shall be convened on the requisi- 
tion of the Bishop whenever he may desire their 
advice, and they may meet of their own accord and 
agreeably to their own rules when they may wish to 
advise the Bishop. When a meeting is not practica- 
ble, the Bishop may ascertain their mind by letter. 


It shall be lawful for the Presiding Bishop at any 
time to authorize by writing under his hand and seal 
the Council of Advice to act as the Ecclesiastical 
Authority. 


Council of 
Advice and 


its functions. . 




















Ministers 
charged with 
canonical 
offence. 











Formation 
of new y 
| Congregations. 


| 156 


CLAINIOUN SITs: 





[x.] In case a Minister in charge of a Congre- 
gation in a foreign land shall be accused of any 
offence under the Canons of this Church, it shall be 
the duty of the Bishop in charge of such Congrega- 
tion to summon the Council of Advice, and cause an 
inquiry to be instituted as to the truth of such accusa- 
tion; and should there be reasonable grounds for 
believing the same to be true, the said Bishop and 
the Council of Advice shall appoint a Commission, 
consisting of three Ministers and two Laymen, whose 
duty it shall be to meet in the place where the 
accused resides, and to obtain all the evidence in 
the case from the parties interested; they shall give 
to the accused all rights under the Canons of this 
Church which can be exercised in a foreign land. 
The judgment of the said Commission, solemnly 
made, shall then be sent to the Bishop in charge, and 
to the Presiding Bishop, and, if approved by them, 
shall be carried into effect; Provided, that no such 
Commission shall recommend any other discipline 
than admonition or removal from his charge of 
Minister of said Congregation. Should the result of 
the inquiry of the aforesaid Commission reveal evi- 
dence tending, in their judgment, to show that said 
Minister deserves a severer discipline, all the docu- 
ments in the case shall be placed in the hands of the 
Presiding Bishop, who may proceed against the said 
Minister, as far as possible, according to the Canons 
of the General Convention, and the Canons of the 
Diocese of the Presiding Bishop. 


[xi.] If there be a Congregation within the limits 
of any city in a foreign land, no new Congregation 
shall be established in that city, except with the con- 
sent of the Bishop in charge and the Council of Advice. 

















CANON 58. 





[xi.] In cases of a difference between the Minis- 
ter and a Congregation in a foreign land, the Bishop 
in charge shall duly examine the same, and the said 
Bishop shall, with the Council of Advice, have full 
power to settle and adjust such difference upon prin- 
ciples recognized in the Canons of the General Con- 
vention. 


[x1ii.] No Minister shall be allowed to take charge 
of a Congregation in a foreign land, organized under 
this Canon, until he shall have been nominated by the 
Vestry thereof, or, if there be no Vestry, by the 
Council of Advice, and approved by the Bishop in 


charge, and when such appointment shall have been — 


accepted by the Minister so appointed, he shall be 
transferred to the jurisdiction of the Presiding 
Bishop. 


CANON 58. 
Of Parish Vestries. 


§ I. In every Parish of this Church the number, 
mode of election, and term of office of Wardens and 
Vestrymen, with the qualifications of voters, shall be 
such as the State or Diocesan law may permit or re- 
quire, and the Wardens and Vestrymen elected under 
such law shall hold office until their successors are 
elected and have qualified. 


§ II. Except as provided by the law of the State 
or of the Diocese, the Vestry shall be agents and 
legal representatives of the Parish in all matters con- 
cerning its corporate property and the relations of 
the Parish to its Clergy. 


§ III. Unless it conflict with the law as aforesaid, 
the Rector, when present, shall preside in all the 
meetings of the Vestry. 


Differences 
between 
Minister and 
Congregation. 


Ministers, 
ow 
appointed. 


Regulations 
left to State 
or Diocesan 
law. 


The agents 
and legal 
representa- 
tives of the 
Parish. 


The Rector 
to preside. 


157 

















CANON 59. 





Trustees, how 
elected. 


Royalties, 


CANON 59. 
Of the Church Pension Fund. 


§ I. The Church Pension Fund, a corporation 
created by Chapter 97 of the Laws of 1914 of the 
State of New York is hereby authorized to estab- 
lish and administer the pension system of this 
Church substantially in accordance with the prin- 
ciples adopted by the General Convention of 1913 
(See Journal, pp. 290-319) and approved there- 
after by the several Dioceses, with the view of 
providing for the clergy disabled by age or other 
infirmity and for the widows and minor children of 
deceased clergymen. 


§ II. The General Convention at each triennial 
meeting (except in the year 1916) shall elect, on 
the nomination of a Joint Committee thereof, six 
persons to serve as Trustees of the Church Pen- 
sion Fund for a term of nine years and until their 
successors shall have been elected and have quali- 
fied. At the General Convention of 1916, eighteen 
persons shall be so chosen, six for the term of 
three years, six for the term of six years, and six 
for the term of nine years. 


§ III. For the purpose of establishing and ad- 
ministering the pension system, the Church 
Pension Fund shall be entitled to receive and to 
use all net royalties arising from _ publications 
authorized by the General Convention, and to in- 
stitute throughout the Church and in accordance 
with the Canons of the several Dioceses to levy 
upon and to collect from all parishes and congre- 
gations of the Church and any other societies or 
organizations in the Church which under the regu- 
lations of the Church Pension Fund shall elect to 


























come into the pension system, assessments based 
upon the salaries of the clergymen employed by 
them respectively in the office and work of the 
Ministry. 


§ IV. The pension system shall be so adminis- 
tered that no pension shall be allotted before there 
shall be in the hands of the Church Pension Fund, 
funds sufficient to meet such pension. 


§ V. To every clergyman, who, at an age which 
the Church Pension Fund shall ascertain and de- 
termine to be the usual age of ordination, shall be 
ordained in this Church or received into this 
Church from another Church, and who shall re- 
main in continuous service in the office and work 
of the Ministry in this Church, and in respect of 
whom the conditions of this Canon shall have been 
fulfilled, the Church Pension Fund shall make a 
retiring allowance of at least $600 a year. In the 
case of a clergyman who at the time of his ordina- 
tion or reception shall be older than such usual 
age of ordination, the Church Pension Fund shall 
determine his retiring allowance, upon fulfillment 
of the other conditions of this Canon, at a rate 
consistent with proper actuarial practices. Sub- 
ject to the provisions of this Canon, the general 
principle shall be observed in allotting pensions 
that there be an actuarial relation between the 
several assessments and _ the _ several benefits, 
Provided, however, that the Board of Trustees shall 
have power to establish such maximum of annuities 
greater than $2,000 as shall be agreeable to sound 
actuarial practice. 


§ VI. An Initial Reserve Fund, to be derived 
from voluntary gifts, shall be administered by the 
Church Pension Fund so as to assure to the 


Assessments. 


Minimum 
Pension. 


Retiring 
allowance. 


Maximum 
Pension. 


Initial 
Reserve 
Fund. 


159 























Merger of 
General 
Clergy Relief 
Fund with 
Church 
Pension Fund. 


& 


present clergy and their families such addition to 
the support to which they may become entitled on 
the basis of assessments authorized by this Canon 
as may bring their several allowances up to the 
scale herein established. The Church Pension 
Fund shall not begin to levy or to collect assess- 
ments or to pay pensions anywhere until such 
Initial Reserve Fund shall amount to $5,000,000. 


§ VII. The action of the Trustees of the Gen- 
eral Clergy Relief Fund in accepting the provis- 
ions of Chapter 239 of the laws of 1915 of tne 
State of New York, authorizing a merger with the 
Church Pension Fund, upon terms agreed upon 
between said two funds, is hereby approved. Any 
corporation, society or other organization which 
hitherto has administered clergy relief funds, may 
to such extent as may be compatible with its 
corporate powers and its existing obligations, and 
in so far as may be sanctioned in the case of 
diocesan societies by the respective Dioceses, 
merge with the Church Pension Fund, or if merger 
be impracticable, may establish by agreement with 
the Church Pension Fund the closest practicable 
system of co-operation with that fund. Nothing 
herein contained shall be construed to the prejudice 
of existing corporations or societies whose funds 
are derived from payments made by members 
thereof. 


§ VIII. The General Convention reserves the 
power to alter or amend this Canon, but no such 
alteration or amendment shall be made until after 
the same shall have been communicated to the 
Trustees of the Church Pension Fund and such 
Trustees shall have had ample opportunity to be 
heard with respect thereto. 





CANON 60. 


CANON 60. 
Of the Domestic and Foreign Missionary Society. 


The Constitution of the said Society, which was 
incorporated by an act of the Legislature of the 
State of New York, as from time to time amended, 
is hereby amended and established so as to read as 
follows: 


Constitution of The Domestic and Foreign Mission- 
ary Society of the Protestant Episcopal Church in 
the United States of America as established in 1820, 
and since amended at various times. 


ArticLe I. This organization shall be called the 
Domestic and Foreign Missionary Society of the 
Protestant Episcopal Church in the United States of 
America, and shall be considered as comprehending 
all persons who are members of the Church. Until 
a Presiding Bishop is elected in accordance with 
the Constitution the Presiding Bishop of the Church 
shall be the Honorary President of the Society. 


ArTIcLE IJ. The National Council, as constituted 
by Canon, shall exercise all the powers of the Society, 
shall be its Board of Directors, and shail adopt by-laws 
for its government not inconsistent with the Constitu- 
tion and Canons. 


ArTIcLE III. The officers of the Society shall be 
a President, a Vice-President, a Secretary and a 
Treasurer. The President shall be the Presiding 
Bishop elected in accordance with the Constitution, 
and until such Presiding Bishop is so elected, the 
President of the National Council shall be ex-officio 
President of the Society. The Vice-President shall 
be the person who is the Vice-President of the 
National Council, and he shall have such powers and 
perform such duties as may be assigned to him by 
the by-laws. The Treasurer of the Society shall be 





Name. 


Board of 
Directors. 


Officers. 














Amendment. 


President of 


Council. 


162 





CANON 61. 





elected by the General Convention, and shall hold 
office for three years and until his successor shall be 
elected and qualified. In the event of a vacancy in 
the office of Treasurer through death, resignation or 
disability, the Directors of the Domestic and Foreign 
Missionary Society shall appoint a Treasurer to fill 
such vacancy until the General Convention shall elect 
a Treasurer. The Secretary shall be the person who 
is the Secretary of the National Council. The Board 
of Directors may make by-laws to provide for the 
appointment of subordinate administrative officers. 
The tenure of office, compensation, powers and duties 
of the officers of the Society shall be such as are 


prescribed by the Canons and by the by-laws of the 


Society not inconsistent therewith. 


ArTICLE IV. This Constitution of the Society may 
be altered or amended at any time by the General 
Convention of the Church. 


CANON 61. 
Of the Presiding Bishop and the National Council. 


§ I. [i.] The Presiding Bishop and the National 
Council as hereinafter constituted, shall have charge 
of the unification, development and prosecution of the 
Missionary, Educational, and Social work of the 
Church, of which work the Presiding Bishop shall be 
the executive and administrative head. 


[ii.] Until the Presiding Bishop is elected in 
accordance with the Constitution, a Bishop shall be 
elected in like manner, to exercise the powers assigned 
by this Canon to the Presiding Bishop, who shall be, 
with his successors in office, ex-officio, the President 
of the Council. In case of the death or disability of 
the Presiding Bishop so much of his duties as pertain 
to the National Council shall be performed by a 


mee, 











CANON 61. 


Bishop elected for this purpose by the National 
Council to serve until the next General Convention. 


§ II. [1.] The National Council, herein referred 
to as the Council, shall be composed of sixteen 
members elected triennially by the General Conven- 
tion, of whom four shall be Bishops, four shall be 
Presbyters, and eight shall be Laymen; and of mem- 
bers elected by the Provincial Synods, each Synod 
having the right to elect one member at its last 
regular meeting prior to the triennial meeting of 
the General Convention, the President, Vice-Presi- 
dent, and Treasurer of the Council shall be, ex-officio, 
members thereof. 


At the General Convention of 1925, two Bishops, 
two Presbyters, and four Laymen shall be elected for 
three years, and two Bishops, two Presbyters and 
four Laymen for six years, and thereafter, members 
to be elected by each General Convention, shall be 
elected for terms of six years. 


[11.] The term of office of the members of the 
Council, with the exception of the President, until 
1925, shall be three years, commencing on the first 
day of January next after each regular triennial 
meeting of the General Convention, and they shall 
remain in office until their duly elected successors 
are entitled, respectively, to assume their offices. 
Should any vacancy occur through the death o1 
resignation of a member elected by the General Con- 
vention, the Council shall fill such vacancy. Should 
any vacancy occur through the failure of any 
Provincial Synod to elect a member of the Council, 
or through the death, removal from the Province or 
resignation, of such member, the President of the 
Province shall appoint a member canonically resident 
in such Province, to serve until the Provincial Synod 
shall, by election, fill the vacancy. 


National 
Council, How 
constituted. 


Terms of 
ce. 


Vacancies, 
How filled. 


163 




















Powers of 
Council. 








| Vice-President. 


Secretary. 


Treasurer. 


164 





CANON 61. 


[iii.] The Council shall exercise the powers con- 
ferred upon it by Canon, and such further powers as 
may be designated by the General Convention, and 
between sessions of the General Convention may 
initiate and develop such new work as it may deem 
necessary. It may, subject to the provision of this 
Canon enact By-laws for its own government and 
the government of its several departments. 


It shall also exercise all the powers of the Domestic 
and Foreign Missionary Society, as provided by 
Section I of Article II of Canon 60 and shall be the 
sole Custodian of all the records and property, both 
real and personal, thereof, including all income there- 
from, and shall have power to disburse the money of 
said Society in accordance with the provisions of 
this Canon and the orders and budgets adopted or 
approved by the General Convention. ; 


§ III. [i.] The Presiding Bishop shall appoint, 
subject to confirmation by the Council, a male com- 
municant of the Church, either clerical or lay, to 
be Vice-President of the Council, who shall be a 
member of the Council and the Vice-Chairman of 
each of the Departments thereof, organized under the 
provisions of this Canon, and shall perform such other 
duties as may be assigned to him by the Presiding 
Bishop. 

[ii.] The Council shall elect a Secretary and 
prescribe his duties. 


§ IV. [i.] The Treasurer of the Domestic and 
Foreign Missionary Society shall, ex-officio, be the 
treasurer of the Council. He shall hold office for 
three years and until his successor is elected. 

[1i.] The Treasurer shall appoint, subject to con- 
firmation by the Presiding Bishop and the Council, 
such assistants as may be necessary, to hold office 














CANON 61. 





during his pleasure, and until their successors are 
appointed and confirmed. 

[111.] The Treasurer and each Assistant Treasurer 
shall furnish bonds for the faithful performance of 
their respective duties, in such form and amount as 
the Council shall prescribe. 

[iv.] The accounts of the office of the Treasurer 
shall be audited annually by a certified public 
accountant and approved by the Council. 

[v.] In the event of a vacancy in the office of 
Treasurer, the Council shall appoint a Treasurer to 
act until the General Convention shall elect a 
Treasurer. 


§ V. [1.] The Council shall organize from its 


membership the following executive Departments and 
shall define their duties. 


First: A Department of Missions and Church 
Extension. 

Second: A Department of Religious Education. 

Third: A Department of Christian Social Service. 

Fourth: A Department of Finance. 

Fifth: A Department of Publicity. 

Sixth: A Field Department. 
The Council shall have power to combine existing 
Departments and to organize and define the duties of 
such other Departments as the work may demand. 

[ii.] Each Department may appoint, subject to 
confirmation by the Council, additional members, not 
exceeding twelve, who shall have seats and votes in 
the Department, but shall have no seat or vote in 
the Council. Women shall be eligible to appointment 
as such additional members. 

[11i.] The Presiding Bishop shall be, ex-officio, 
a member and the chairman of each Department, 


Executive 
Departments. 


Executive 
and other 
Secretaries. 


165 























Department 
Reports. 


Meetings. 


Quorum. 


Salaries. 


CANON 61. 


and may appoint, subject to confirmation by the 
Council, an Executive Secretary for each Department, 
and such other secretaries as may be necessary, who 
shall perform such duties as the Department, subject 
to the approval of the Presiding Bishop, shall assign 
to them. Such secretaries shall hold office during the 
pleasure of the Presiding Bishop. 

[iv.] Each Department shall, annually and at such 
other times as the Presiding Bishop or the Council 
may require, make full reports of its activities to the 
Presiding Bishop and to the Council. 


§ VI. [i.] The Council shall meet with the Pre- 
siding Bishop at such place, and at such stated times, 
at least four times each year, as it, with his con- 
currence, shall appoint, and at such other times as it 
may be convened. The Council shall be convened 
at the written request of any nine members thereof. 

[1i.] Nine elected members of the Council, with 
the President or Vice-President, shall constitute a 
quorum at any meeting of the Council; Provided, 
however, that any nine members of the Council shall 
constitute a quorum for the election of a President 
to fill a vacancy. 


§ VII. [1.] The salaries of the President and all 
other officers of the Council and of all agents and 
employees of the Council, shall be fixed by the 
Council and paid by the Treasurer. 

[ii.] The salary of each Bishop of a Missionary 
District shall be paid by the Treasurer. Such salary 
shall date from the Bishop’s consecration or from the 
date of his translation, if he be already consecrated, 
and shall not be diminished without his consent while 
such Bishop remains in charge of a District; Pro- 
vided, however, that all contributions made by a 
Missionary District for the support of its Bishop, 
shall be reported to the Treasurer, and thereupon the 














salary of such Missionary Bishop shall be reduced to 
the extent of such contribution. And Provided 
_further that whenever the Council shall be satisfied 
that a Missionary District is able to pay its Bishop 
a salary equal to that paid by the Treasurer as afore- 
said, the Council may, in its discretion, order the 
Treasurer to discontinue such payment, after six 
months notice given to the Council of Advice of such 
district. 


§ VIII. [1.] The Council shall submit to the 
General Convention at each regular meeting thereof a 
program of its proposed activities for the ensuing 
triennium, including a detailed budget of that part 
of the program for which it proposes to make 
appropriation for the ensuing year, and estimated 
budgets for the two succeeding years. The Council 
shall also submit a plan for the apportionment 
to the respective Dioceses and Missionary Districts 
of the sum needed to execute the program. There 
shall be joint sessions of the two houses for the 
presentation of such program and such plan of 
apportionment; and thereafter consideration shall 
be given and appropriate action taken thereon 
by the General Convention. The Council shall have 
the power to expend all sums of money covered by 
the budget and estimated budgets approved by the 
General Convention and shall have power to under- 
take such other work provided for in the program 
approved by General Convention, or other work 
under the jurisdiction of the Council, the need for 
which may have arisen after the action of the General 
Convention, as, in the judgment of the Council, its 
income will warrant. 

[11.] Upon the adoption by the General Conven- 
tion of a program and plan of apportionment for the 
ensuing triennium, the Council shall formally advise 

















Bishops 
receiving aid 
to report to 
Council. 


Reports of 
the Council. 





CANON 61. 


each Diocese and Domestic Missionary District with 
respect to its proportionate part of the estimated 
expenditure involved in the execution of the program 
in accordance with the plan of apportionment adopted 
by the General Convention. Such quotas shall be 
determined by the Council upon an equitable basis. 


[iii.] Each Diocese and District shall thereupon 
notify each Parish and Mission thereof of the amount 
of the quota allotted to such Diocese or District, and 
the amount of such quota to be raised by each Parish 
or Mission. If the Diocese so determines, the quota 
allotted by the Diocese or District to each Parish or 
Mission shall be the combined quota for General 
and Diocesan work. Each Diocese and District and 
the Parishes and Missions thereof shall then take 
necessary steps to raise their respective quotas. 


§ IX. [1.] Every Missionary Bishop, or in case 
of a vacancy, the Bishop in charge of the District, 
receiving aid from the Council, shall report at the 
close of each fiscal year to the Council, giving account 
of his work, of money received from all sources and 
disbursed for all purposes, and of the state of the 
Church in his District at the date of such report, 
all in ‘such form as the Council may prescribe. 


[11.] Every Bishop of a Diocese receiving aid from 
the Council shall report at the close of each fiscal 
year to the Council giving account of the work in his 
Diocese supported in whole or in part by the Council. 


§ X. The Council, as soon as practicable after the 
close of each fiscal year, shall make and publish a 
full report of its work to the Church. Such report 
shall contain an itemized statement of all receipts and 
disbursements and a statement of all trust funds and 
other property of the Domestic and Foreign Mis- 
sionary Society, and of all other trust funds and 





CANONS 62, 68. 





property in its possession or under its control. The 
Council shall make a like report including a detailed 
schedule of the salaries paid to all officers, agents 
and principal employees, to each General Convention. 


§ XI. No person shall, under any power or 
authority delegated by this Canon, be appointed a 
Missionary, who is not, at the time, a Minister or a 
member of this Church, or of some Church in com- 
munion with this Church, in regular standing; Pro- 
vided, however, that, at the request of the Bishop of 
a Diocese or Missionary District, other persons not 
so qualified may be employed for work not directly 
religious. 

§ XII. This Canon shall take effect immediately 
and all Canons or parts of Canons inconsistent with 
the provisions of this Canon are hereby repealed. 


CANON 62. 
Of Repealed Canons. 

Whenever there shall be a repealing clause in any 
Canon, and the said Canon shall be repealed, such 
repeal shall not be a re-enactment of the Canon or 
Canons repealed by the said repealing clause. 


CANON 63. 
Of the Enactment, Amendment, and Repeal of Articles of 
the Constitution and of Canons. 

§ I. In all cases of future enactment, the same, 
if by the way of amendment of an existing provision 
shall be in the following form: “Canon , Section 

, Clause, is hereby amended so as to read as 
follows.” And if the enactment is of an additional 
Clause, Section, or Canon, it shall be designated as 
the next Canon or next Section, or next Clause of a 
Canen or Section; and if a Canon or Section or 
Clause be stricken out, the existing numbering shall 
be retained until a new edition of the Canons be 


Eligibility as 


Missionaries. 


Repeal of 
repeal no 


re-enactment. 


Form of 
altering 
Canons. 


169 








GC AW. OINGS 6:6 y 16S % 





Who shall 
certify 
changes, 


When Canons 
to take effect. 


When this 
Code takes 
effect. 


170 





directed, or until changed as in the next Section pro- 
vided. 


§ II. The Committee on Canons of each House 
of the General Convention shall, at the close of each 
regular meeting of the General Convention, appoint 
two of their number to certify the changes, if any, 
made in the Canons, including a correction of the 
references made in any Canon to another, and to 
report the said certified copy of changes, with the 
proper arrangement thereof, to the Secretary, who 
shall print the same in the Journal. 

§ JII. The Committee on Amendments to the Con- 
stitution of each House of the General Convention 
shall, at the close of each regular meeting of the 
General Convention, appoint two of its members to 
certify the changes, if any, made in the Constitution, 
and to report the certified copy of changes to the 
Secretary, who shall print the same in the Journal. 


CANON 64. 
Of the Time of New Canons Taking Effect. 

All Canons hereafter enacted, unless otherwise 
specially ordered, shall take effect on the first day of 
January following the adjournment of the General 
Convention at which they were made. 


CANON 65. 
Of the Time of These Canons Taking Effect. 

These Canons, except as otherwise provided, shall 
take effect on the first day of January, in the year of 
our Lord, 1905; from and after which day all other 
Canons of this Church are hereby and shall be 
deemed to be repealed; Provided, that such repeal 
shall not affect any case of a violation of existing 
Canons committed before that date; but such case 
shall be governed by the same law as if no such 
repeal had taken place. 





Jndex to the Constitution and Canons 





The references in italics are to the Constitution 


PAGE 
msndonine te WOLKk Wi tie TIStr ye reeves totes Bcd | scested ty thy aha 121 
Abandonment of the communion of this Church by a Bishop......... 119 
Presbyter or Deacon. .120 
Absenting himselt from, his Diocese, Ministerinc.ceos sce cssaseesae’ 121 
ISHN Mee uteri ta. eee le i caw 68 
Acctirate view O1state. Of then Courchives sya . steel ks en beer cee, ae 141 
Pntess. DIshop, TO Make, atiitiallian cima yee ae Vane Se BYE Ls tia d 69 
PU TASSIOME OT es OT CIO “CACTUS coi ss. caret e soa ses 1's ks 13 
NED DIOCESES For ee er oe er beltiealt u CORA ORE ees 9 

Ministers ordained by Bishops not in communion with 
Tile WUUTCH 2 Veen UNG Reka hon eEAL Ube Cesena APE EY 52 
much auion Of a CONSsectated “CHUTChiCn Ay Gee em th hie eas Genet ek: ete 134 
mune cwhiene tO De ‘AaDpOIntedss \LcAet he ceed ae We ee he asked 76 
Diitis aud Oreniues! TOry Une: DOD. Seek a ORS BO ee keg OA 76 
Alterations or amendments of this Constitutton..........cseeeseseees 15 
PMEeNAaDWity OL Ministers ANG CILAMOIS fo sete eaietldee etek 64's soho 5 a's 88 
Amenament of Consittutions hor) made sool. wie cc sig 5 01g eam otesela aidds « eye's 15 
Or additions to Book of Common Prayer, how made 14 
Athendment, cnacimentrand prepeals On (Canons: cic wis sniouminein’ y vee 169 
PAO DERL, COUPE DOF cia oats oe eee TIT eTocs ines hin ly abet iat Ghia de en Sm 14 
Appeals to the Court for the review of the trial of a Bishop........ 106 
ANDOTHOIiNents OL uivatiOnial’ GOnNCH e+e. We . 6 Rok spate hagee aks. Gaba baw 167 
PASCSSTIENIE. OT LIIOCESCS, pote cee ree eS as kd OE es 116, 140 
POSRCSSOL Se oA Ree ee ee eee Tae Ie ads PEELE be ad tke SRR Mindoiiats 92 
Assistant Minister, certificate of election of, to be sent to the Bishop. 74 
Atthorization Of Pspecial SE OMNISHO Le SUT VICE siesta tele anies Svrete lee hin a > 132 
Baptisms; ‘register of, to ‘be -siened by” officianty.. ... 057... 004. PON 77 
Bible. Translations Tors yo, o5 a eae os fe, APPR EER 130 
Bishops <Consecrotedng Orrat OV ATHMIGNOS Higa weld BES GRR AW + bisa wus = 8 
Consecration, doce requiredel Onuw Terie . ta abet . tere 6 
Consent ito election tnt mente tis. ta~ sls AD. A << CRG |<, 6 
Court: tor -triglgoters: 2) are iu eee eh 2 er ibes ee. he 13 
Declaration to be ~wnadenby. deci Nootka aes 2 eet. <.- 13 
Election, Of, ... mieomaaeneee: eet esas eal, Fai pie, «+= 6 
J HY ESUICTIOW RD TE Perce We oie Tce nes hein OE OSA eee 7 
REStGNOLO ORG Sek Bide Raa A: PARTE.» es a 8 
td I FOOT ee oe a oceans oe ny a a RE ee « aE OER eS 7 
Bw pronounce Vsentenchrish. Rin. Kcdcwinanaed - -sideodtas-(-10>" 14 
Bishops, Ordinatmamandsconsecration A0t . te. ahead «2s. +2is teense 54 
Gourtetorwrevicwrotitria lit heia kleterarh nace cs 9 ele in glee ees 103 
Disability: OF . oss sx eee earner tere a ae A Uwe 6 on on 147 
Duties ofac. ait. 34 sete «ok teevne Gea ee an eis - bie wheel. + 68 
Episcopal acts by, who have resigned jurisdiction........... 72 
Mayudemaridwainvestiontion wcsiacl . siewalhd ios ise dads.» »- 93 
Mode soiepresentingn tor trial s...caxins0.s,ce0,0 ames -hrgernieen ++ «: 93 








INDEX. TO THE*CONS TAT OLiron AND (CANONS. 





Bishops, Offences#tori-which may (be tried. Wein vo. cl. es 89 
Power of, upon organization of a Diocese................. 61 
Receiving aid, to report to National Council................ 168 
Resignation! of Vas 54 pam ee kei eee tein. oe. See ee 71 
Shall deliver at least once in three years, a charge to his 

Clergy, (Anil ha niga ere ee ce LE MP er, eee 69 

Visit Pay. Ghureh: everyathitceavyears / 1 ocveteiooe.... kee 68 

PIB LY tiicas vomecie ee Cece ska nat ee ae tae ara ee 97 

Bishop -Coadjutor, and ‘the’ rtgnisvoj. Di0Cesan...... css tees ek eee « 10 
To have seat and vote in House of Bishops....... 3 
Bishopse@oadjutore may be elected... aa ree ei ete 58 
Grounds of election to be communicated, etc...... 59 

Oniypone Mitta Diocésermiis vt. Sie ees et 59 

When, may act under Canons of Ordination...... 46 

For foreign lands, CONSECTAUOMN UT Meee ri te Ger Peete) 65 

Foreign Missionary si alas nie! Mind SET WV READeE ee Reel we go ie nile 4 


Missionary, \s duties W Of (50 ele ue cp clen et se omens vet 6 ok 
Eligible as Diocesan, Coadjutor or Suffragan. 61 


How velectedt tts 21) Sede aint hs oho eee 59 
Mayrbe stransTrerred . aoe eer cies nen eee 60 
Salary oT hows paidy. sc . weene ees ake tees ok 166 
Tosmakes tullreportsuy tat. eat: ote. abies 168 
Not in communion with this Church, admission of Minis- 

téers* ordaiied bye Vee ees Pe ee eae tee eae 50 

Bishop, Suffragan—See Suffragan Bishops. 
Board ?or Plriguiryer ca tcc ct eee ec eee eon ae te ee eerie a 94, 95, 103 
Book of Common Prayer; alterations of, or additions to, how made.. 14 
Book of CommonvPiavers’ standard ts ee ee ea 130 
netOdinite Ole wet eae ones 132 
Boundaries*'of Parishes iy, tae ees eee eta ee er a 152 
Budgets of National Council............... 2 cece eee eect eee cece 167 
Bustiess*methodsyin’ Ghurchitaffairsi ir eee a ee ae 144 
Candidates tor. Holy,, Orders catia... gk. cena. all ot Ja, Sater. 19, 27, 46 
Examinations in, Special Cases, 75... ss gina « Ree nie ae 33 
Shall not be Deputy to General Convention.................... 28 
Sign certificates required by Canons of Ordination... 46 
Canons, Amendment, enactment and appeal of....................-45- 169 
Changes in, how-.tosbescertifed Vy. Beate am, ayy, Meee tae 25. 169 
No sre-enactmént?+.ntc ee. Pee. eee eee te ses 169 
Time .of jnew;«taking effect. sey eae se ee se 170 
These. taking «efhectcngs ch cha Late iad tite « 34s 170 
Ganons, Titles? Gif. coe ace te ELUNE oe aaaees Re es ss 19-16 
Chaplains,» Examining #e),.¢2) 206d ot ee. aioe EEC Shee oe cae tes 8 35 
Charges: and*‘Pastorals Letters wus acti re tae decatets eens creme pe 69, 76, 143 
Church Advocates, appointment and duties of............ 93, 95, 100, 105 
Expenses: of Oiessg ee Pate, Te a RI 105 
May» have ,associates's,.. (Ve tech Ie U e .. 100 
Must ?be: Communicants 7nn ieee et ee oes 101 
Mode of securing an accurate view of the state of.......... 142 
Music: AGEs. OPIS AIRE RN ae ore ae wees os aos 133 
And Parish buildings, Rector entitled to use and control of.. 75 
Pension Pundtraet. wis: a Be a es es 158 


172 


earcirr Ranances BOATd: Orie tas Po sao rahe Cc rece tr ce ns tema he balk os 144 
Churches, consecrated, not to be encumbered, alienated, etc.......... 134 
SNUrCOWaTGens Ac. coal, Cee ieee ae et ee spe aie ey bead 74, 76 
Citations, and amenability of Ministers........ ae peat aa ee Sh wh 88 
@lergy, ‘list of, in, recularsatanding mic.) 1h sels AVI les ols Saale 139 


Coadjutor Bishops—See Bishops Coadjutor. 
Commission to investigate charges against a Minister in a foreign 


TAN Lee RON Cerne ee eae ek cs asd caste ary 8 155 
Commissioner to take depositions, may be appointed.................. 99 
Common Prayer, Book of—See Book of Common Prayer. 
Bonnmngnicallts wrcirsval Os wir ide tke ess ee kl dee te ee aa ek 129 

UICC TESTS pc OER, 2 4 gerenh eit BaP ae SAA SIG? Ba ieee emp ion Rereniara 130 
Of any Church in communion with this Church en- 
TATOO Ue RCE TL ITA Ce te olin le 4 im aici engl maa ged penis 129 
Communion alms and contributions, how applied.................... 76 
Communion of this Church, Abandonment of, by a Bishop........... 119 
Presbyter or Deacon. .120 
Ceairithittee ma elie ius Pteticn. aie te on ve eater cms > aaa octamer ask 85 
Confirmation, Duty of Ministers to prepare young persons and 
| Had gey’ Peay VLG TCS SALE OLN ela ondate sah tet A hee RD ceteris 1a 
(Gnprerationswancerarishesme ie yo yeti. os eswitde ec) oe cee eee Pek oe 152 
IO Orelet se tatigmee tn. Tes ah ce tials etree ac te Soin 153 
Difference between, and the Minister............. 156 
Consecrated Churches, etc., not to be encumbered, alienated, etc...... 134 
CU SECT ANON CEE LIS HOUS Toa ce eee ae ena aoe ain aaa ais ke 54 
; CONT ONCSs hey Ry, te os te nora h eee seas ns Os 134 
OA OLCION ans ea a mt eek cee wee gil ats ons 65 
BICTLOCTSMVSCUNETEe Cite ce bie ne aca acs > Me hare bee bare teh ee 138 
Constitution Alterations or amendments of this...........sseeeeeeees te 
SAND NOUNONS. NGA RCW. LOCCSES ce oe ao ose rae cals 10 


Constitution and Canons of new Missionary District, how adopted... 73 
Notice of proposed alteration of, to be given to Di- 
DCERATIIE CONVENTIONS INNS SE ONE 5 eras cate ae nics ame Dong 135 
Conventions—See Diocesan Conventions. 
General—See General Convention. 
Primary of (News Diocese. eee aes cote ae eae cele ers 150 
Council of Advice, to be appointed annually by Missionary Bishop.. 73 
Have certain powers under Canons of Or- 


CiNALIOMEEetiten fae oe 4 can ais Sere Ada es ar 46 
Inquire in case of Minister convicted of im- 
MOrality vin AMCIVilT COULLS 5 +s be sys Ges be 89 
Recommend for ordination to Diaconate.... 38 
In’ Moreton monnrenesy. 1c uck cies oe os oe tyes ate 2s 155 
When to act as Ecclesiastical Authority......... 70 
Conciliation dite. cee ee eet (aa sonra tid. tparnades 68 
Gounsel, Accused) may ehave. ovine ss avant ssa 6 Verte cesses es seis 100 
Lo be. Communicantsttarcicives wire pe lel OIA. 0 Satwrerce se Aa ele we 101 
Court for the review of the trial of a Bishop.............+...-+-+-- 103 
Of a Presbyter or Deacon......... 108 
A DDGAIR tO) i iivcars anes ce hinge 106 
Court for trial of Presbyters and Deacons.......+.ceeeeeeerreeeeees 13 
Bishops Pics Vowels da ee ei Make 6 oe ENS re Tees wae 13 
For. the trial of 9 (BishOpi wea ieee ds se hake save sai er acy eres 91 


LINDESNLOURAE VOON SDLREWTION SAND CANONS. 














INDEX wT O STA VoOON STINT Oe aOW GANDYCANOW SS) 
iapeieikcoe avi’ 
Court Of <A P Peal vo Cis dew TA RAN OUEST Ue OU CEES Bee ney aes ee ee 14 
Gourt of ~Regiew Uses, re See rete Pee en ree eee. e 13 
OEPREVICWA Es clot be SEN Fs Oe eI Pree nts F435 Pek ae 103, 108 
| Cures, .Balling Or vacant tees 5 22:8 UPR ae) ere bn meas 4 
| Gustodian: of ‘Standard (Book*of Gonimon=rrayers ie oe. Pee 132 
| Deacon, Abandonment of the communion of this Church by......... 120 
Goures. "tor review cOlathestt aL. Ol neha ha vole ce in toes eee 108 
Desiring to be ordered Priest, examination of............... 29 
Examination of a Candidate desiring to be ordered.......... 33 | 
Not to be ordered Priest until he has served one full year... 42 | 
If ordained in foreign country, 
| until he has resided in the United | 
| Statesssoneay Cat euecnee town 63a 4 49 | 
Deacon, nottto Her RectOm OL. A Pa Dist ee Uh cee ch med. aint nacn ras 81 
See Minister, etc. 
Deacdtiessesmetume asc cee. eee oh eeottrtiexsusar opeeacet tua iene nee ie mick slow ees 82 
Declaration to be made before consecration or ordination............. 13 
Deposition “trons thea Wasnis tie ae ar ei ee oa LZialee 
Depositions—See .Commissioner. 
Lda putics? Prowse MSHONaT YR SILI CTS Re te ig lotion Sa ay ce eee 4 
Par tg CAL tSStONOTM SIT CT Bete is gil ose daa cies 6 
| Deputies—See House of 
TO Ma DeClaiee CON VETIUIOUS b peat uee strane. cages eh exe ad eee eee 136 
ng Visiotial © See erate HPAI OMPRG ons op data eee Sin, spade aon ad Loy 
Peacoriate, MCIPU alll LOe cake set ever tokcee word oe bo opin da ne doa Ss 38 
Dimissory, Letters—See Letters Dimissory. 
Diocesan and the Bishop Coadjutor, rights of the. .......s00.00-eece- 10 
Diocesan Conventions, journals of, to be sent to Secretary of House 
RPM Daunte Lato) | + Mel Mite Biatan Samant ne! Savntyshe aE a mk ROR I EA EIR Rae RR AR 143 
THIOGESAM LE 1ATIC ESL SOMITI ILE CS. ccssinsehss altbeds <a cing ere © aad alate tcceuces caecia ata 145 
Diocese “Otinister abSentings Niniselt. .frO ooo sais sini oi aaelngnihle sco .0 ces elnin ve | 
PIOCESES LONG” COTOETS.. CULET UVic oe. ce eee cee si ee ee ae 5 
WHOCEEEE a NEW) tudes PoeAnaas Co. + cate ett rece i 150,151 
A CANT he AG 6 We ced ia SR IME see aa SSN coc ing’ Wc eee 70 
Dispensationgironi cetiant studies 2k fet as ee te an ene 30, ah 
Dissolutionsot tne. Pastoral. helanon eee eo ae oat deh ee aes 126 
Division of Dioceses—See New Dioceses. 
Divorced verson a marriaec, Ol. DLOMIDieU ae... a thee ae ce eee css Woy? 
Domegticc ants HOLCIOoR aMiissionaivi SOCICty eee ec a ae eon 161 
De: CelpOrarion sili SU Vcd eles Fee nee ane Ae ae aes oe ba 
Theties. Ob Bishong titi eh de es et ore oad kee sie here ae 68 
Mimisters—oee -Presbyteps.; Priests... eh te J cmlcn es es be tees 75 
DLsMOnaAL ve DASHOTSL An we coe an sue een ae Ce yl teen 59 
Ecclesiastical Authority—See Standing Committee. 
Certificate of, when necessary............... 19 
Deacon, subjects Lopes he ae Ne oe ere ate 80 
Deaconess may resign office to.............. 83 
Lay Readers to procure license from, or 
BISHOP. Fe. ec Se ine Cale 87 
Ministersv every, Stil} OCEN TOs «ae re Fee ee otenale 88 
Letters Dimissory, may be granted by, to | 
Candidatesi« QbForte ae sea A ns 28 





174 








INDEX, FOSTHEYVGONSTITUTION «AND: CANONS. 





Ecclesiastical Authority—Minister to present testimonial to, on re- 


TOMI LAME See Poe ts ss cate as bess 78 
Notice of termination of sentence of sus- 

Pension tos bet woven goes Ss eehe boosie ee 125 
Procedure as to, in case of disability of 

LCMDISIRIOU Tae R eid OLS Coe ee es Cul os o. 150 


Notice of election of Rector to be sent to.. 74 
When Clerical members of Standing Com- 
TOTO OE BOLD Sates ial ce a's a ela ec ey ee 4 oe 
Record of Trial Court, etc.,to be remitted to.115 
Trials, duty of all members of this Church 














bo Urives CvidenCan iin d estes eae eels 89 | 
Election of Bishops, Bishops Coadjutor and Missionary Bishops...... 6 

MACCUIOLIPORRINECLON este URC ere MTOR hobs eats Nae TA see Rebate # tes 74 
Enacimente amenoment sand: repeah ior Canons 0. oes cea et eel tae es 169 | 
Hinber-ocason. Ordmatons toope held -atycceuced asad eh tad eses fae ee! 48 
Europe, Convocation of American Churches in, Deputies from........ 6 | 
Evidence, duty of all members of this Church to give, in ecclesiasti- : 
al ‘striate tes breeds wer es ts tie aie el ie. ceria Pie. Wissel a's 89 
Examinations of a Candidate desiring to be ordered Deacon......... <i) 
Examinations of a Deacon desiring to be ordered Priest............. 29 

Pa eee AMAT a HOATELEO TS IHCGGE + 0360 ca ciaininis aiccote wer wise he ee # hale 35 
Pnenses /olt«tsenerali Conventions), 2.7. buses . ae. let ane eine. 141 | 
Reeordert 20h: Maite 3) pete'sh ome ee aed « aiabehtese 8 140 

Renistrans) care. oS is |) ee brite, ieebos dF i 138 
Erialseeth gaased el Ma hed wie . doe temelados caw tate 103, 105 | 
| 
Pit OPmracalteC Ute ee ie ry ee ees Com an ah os og 74 | 
Fear erg’ Glew, GAS OO dean 8s cian aidan em andiaidhsn MaRe Said o5.5.> 13 
Foreign countries, Ministers ordained in, by Bishops in communion | 
Witt CC tret ce aan aa is c m ii  lh ek, te Nk 48 
PEEP RO CMDS MOMS ELR IED OT OF vin CoM rd sok vy oo vie eg ok chin ae ee lee 8 
HOreion lanes, ..ONSecration Ot UOiSDODs: LOtwe iL abiite saiass <4 io edd sis 2 65 | 
FOVAGENCe SUDSTANUIANING: LACS. wks. AE. « Aten aicusR ete wis, 66 
DTeeCreU Ut Cte COU COMese cee Sn ne ca Sado a sot 65 
Foreign Missionary Bishops, notice of consecration, to be sent....... ifs 
To report annually to Presiding Bishop. 73 | 
Forms of Service, authorization of special, for Congregations wor- 
BIIpiise 1 LOPeien eal e Uae ea, eect oe, ain seth wok Mae's ciel paikie © 3 132 
Mant, OUI Cer SOU seneTal OL WeNCTOT a's tka putts oe aii 2s © Mate es hike x © 138 | 
General Convention, Adjournment of either House of..........-055: 5 | 
C OUR OG NT Beer es ate ee oh ees sass ae 68 3, 4, 6 
Place of meeting of, may be changed by Pre- / 
STM LOO ee: tes ss tcitaes o> ots ste apm we 5 6 
PORTS UTEMIE Tice go's vice nierths ba eo WR MES yep vis 3 

de Bishops for foreign lands............++. 8 

de Cession and retrocession of territorial 

FUPIBCICHIOUL si ip a's aos es gee liz 

GZ COMFES 70 FIDL: O10 BDISNODS a ive + een ys ss 13 

He LOUIS AT AY CULGTE, nu sin mcucte «gms AAieeeiae * 13 

Ge MiSsiOndry. LISTFICLS . «sce ciclo me te tinier Ee 11 

de New Dioceses, upon conditions........-- 9 
PE PP ODINCES © watetat Oe cmt ans pisses Bay 29,58 014A 9 LZ 


INDEX’ TOME RE CONS TIEGTEGN ANDY CANONS: 


General Convention, de Reduction of representation in........... 4 
der Sug raga UP anopsseick. ous kee Poa sudgat 7 

SS PECIAE IME BTINOGS OT ee Gai w boars « 42 ce ap ak 6 

Time and place of meeting of .......sssseecsese 6 


Candidate for Holy Orders shall not be Deputy.. 28 
Desire of a Congregation in foreign land to be 


TECELVER ND Y Uteitr errs Tees. ie ate ee. Gack bdo 154 
FEXPeNSGS TOL WRITE SUT Ce CN ULS 4:54 bas Mehee Lew Re 141 
Joints Sessions HOt re eee Mk eles sacs ees enine es 167 
Or ranizZatione Ol wees eee ase Me tet teas ks bemes oe 134 
IRECOr Mer BOL vee ae cere ek bls ss ahrs. oe 139 
Registrar ort: cee sic ie ee te oi, ee 137 
Special meetings of, Deputies thereto........... 137 
TLOWMEALEML ON tree vera Tess 137 
To concur in election of Missionary Bishop as 
EOCESAII IN rath cats wes eqrteteiet roe at ake semitones 
To prescribe service for setting apart Dea- 
COMESSES ME rere, Sa eee eee ee en Oe be pee ce 82 
To ‘ratify formation: of news Dioceses. oo... 151 
MUP reasULern Ot Mees cacy nee ea rks 116, 136, 138 
Ksredke? Dispenisation ri rOrd 7o tere es hike. Phe cate he reine tleted tighaty ats ol shatohe SU yes 
Historiographersi awa cs be oa 6 i5 v4 wees Sein PO ed DPT ae feta 138 
Holy: Gomimmuniong Reptlsiotintroms..44 aaiccervreess oe Pe eae aes che 130 
Holy Orders, Gandidatess fori. cin < ke ee Zi, 29,400 
Holy Scriptures, versions of, authorized to-beiread@in’Chtrch........ 130 
House of Bishops, Quorum of ts DARI oe Se ueechl we a nds bie meee 3 
Sgathanaiwotenin! 2OHO; LONGUE. «« cstes «5.24 080s «aie ce 3 
House of Bishops, may choose Missionary Bishops.................. 59 
May transfer Missionary Bishop. ..\s....2...:-.: 60 
To choose Court for trial of a Bishop, etc....... 91 
review of trial of a Bishop.106 
May establish Missionary Districts..............+- 11 
Housecof Deputies, Number in each’ OF der 00h oo oo ons psec e280 ns 4 
OGOrun OL eta as hick ee attic ath aes kaka + coke 5 
Votes by Dioceses and Orders in..........eeceee: 5 
When majority vote shall suffice in............... 5 
House of Deputies, Deputies at special meetings of.................. 137 
Orvanization OD tater tele oe os cts a4 ns sake on ata oe 134 
Rrdsidentwonevc een si sess. ack che chen tae aes 135 
Rules.and Orders, to be. im. force, .etc.....-.5.is«. 136 
MOCTELATYS OT) ek aan 54,95. F10, 134, 136, 138, 154, 164 
To receive notice of resignation of a Bishop Hh ake 71 
MACANCICgAI,, NO WUSUDDUCK.  crsssaWweean cdvonees 136 
When to consent to consecration of a Bishop..55, 58 
Inhibition Of *Ministérs’*. 2 a cee has ee tae Re To cules dndidawos 117 
Journals of Diocesan Conventions to be sent to Secretary of House 
of” Deputies! 40°00 Deer teat eae Oey vd Po ews 143 
Journals and minutes of both Houses of General Convention to be 
delivered:*toResistrarae eet eee Cae eo Be adda we 138 
Jurisdiction: OF UO Bishop sareee ee «Mts tee ee ie de iad data deeds pwd ee 
Jurisdiction of Foreign Missionary Bishop SEG Ete. SOIR «OI a:«: teh rp 
Missionary Bishop m@aer. so ums ada dys eee boa rde wees fe 


176 








INDES 2PO0 Cree VOONSTAITG DION YAND CANONS: 








laity. Redeilations respecting 7... 45 sakes Saeed: 2h ii owel. de euene 129 
EBay FiSSESSOTS so, sates ss Oe | ena a cae Re eH 92 
TO” De COmMmunicantsee yea Pees ek eke des ess ead. 92 

REACETS UOT eee oe ee ee Ce Re COU os Sa sos oe es owes 87 
Legislation may originate in either House of General Convention..... 3 
Must be adopted and authenticated by both Houses...... 3 

MESSONS, 1 COLESA UT ORL, (OTH ENGLU Ei OU Rte . eirtird ae cele. Wve woul. ioue 15 
Letters. Dimissory: van. 3 cts ile. LAPT LL. dats PON GRA ETS ND sf septa 28, 79 
COT OT SCCraiOlh ere ret er ee hk sei eats hei: lie «IAs 138 
PESO Al tee ACOHCSSCS is Gere ens, foo fen ones Selene 83 
License, Minister officiating more than six months, to have.......... 79 
Ieee CTR. Wl PCCULAr | SamUiiipees eR Ot APPT eek cease 139 
COngrewatinnis ill srOrcionimianuse (Aire. ORONO ese Ae! 153 
GISGINALIGHS Nae at chet Reet LATS ote ee bitte ete ee 138 

imo Ss) Way, ‘due: celebration totes tess ccs ee ee ne Pele Oe Ae © vO 133 
Marriage 'of= Diviarcen*personsirete:: iene aa tin ote 8 costs re ph Rien elie 127 
Munisterwimayedectine to, SOlémiize ). 0. tenes vo cc us es ce chee 128 
Marriages must be solemnized in presence of at least two witnesses. .127 
EAD ES TECOTIC UN ac eet ais Tae na Peete tang Sd ales evais fancies 127 
MArMMoOn Ves Ole ZatIONT OE es cave Ts os Meee sy tegls oo. dees taal © eed 127 


Minister—See Presbyter; Priest; Rector. 
Minister, Absenting himself from his Diocese or abandoning the 


WOrk Or they Musici tat cae a tains eo bas oe 121 
Amenabiity oranda Cir ona sees whee ee se a toe che scngles 88 
Charged with Canonical offence in foreign lands...... 11y, toe 
Convicted tof -immadfality uimed. \eivit, COUTts: teens ulk sss 89 
JR TV ST LSAT kee tact aie nana a oad Set tie Meta P A aa  i ae C rhe 
In any Diocese or Missionary District chargeable with of- 
PRNCRS 1 ATO TOE i ch ele ae Ba Seale ats Dees ats seth 116 
In cases where there are two or more Congregations or 
(SHOTCHES hI cour et Ce (oh ro tM buchen a eas Baas on 5S SA, 
In this Church, no one to, unless duly authorized.......... 81 
Eslebleybatased pr'ehG. “Moepphegyecter, "Ahadan "Satna egy iathh ay opt Samet ree 117 
Maveneciments Gmciate dt. Wlattinge ce ee ke eh eet s 128 
Not to have seat in more than one Convention............ 152 
Not to officiate in another’s Cure without consent......... 77 
Not having received Episcopal ordination................. 50 
Ordained by Bishops not in Communion with this Church, 
PVCS ST REE Cte 5 rete eee a oes REPS D be places nal p possteiecn » a2 
Ordained in foreign countries by Bishops in Communion 
ITH Ue CECH ee eas nade as wiocew be © 48 
TO Hrakeeannud te renOry Log SOD ae sags ka Gh ae bit SF ine toe 142 
To read Pastoral Letter to Congregation, when issued...... 76 
LO REPDMCEOISIEIL OL Olitil tL MOte ee. oon 5 oatunn ani Ace ia bette s 77 
VWEHCTOSETLIEC te Cat Aee Wear cet ets oak rant mae wipe § 74 
Manistey S Rheounciationant to ce scuart Beek wek & Duc ee + «2 <pepeeeeee toe 118 
MsesiONalics, “WhO Ayr De ADDON LCU Cre Hs o'es a sus sb Wain aoc eee oats 169 
PAestonar ye?  GiSNnOns ©. oe ae bee EE Rails Shee ce aviots "Sans aeranl a 59, 168 
LGIOS OL etre tae Oe AMAA dO 4) Subs . piel 72 
Terntitied to + Seat Van “VOLE so. «tyes sehen a tous 60 
Eligible as Diocesan, Coadjutor or Suffragan.... 60 
Pension for, who has resigned jurisdiction...... 72 


Salaries-or) ¥-.23.12 Bes aha eee ee 166 





INDEX *TO°THE “CONSTITUTION SAND CANONS. 














Missionary. Districts, Deputiesa From. Ioougiae se tears ©. Oe cee ae a + 

BoresgnjcLlepuites sTroni ris svi ove. coreureees« 6 

Ed Ot CSTADISH CA ARERR ots Pe wee ba aces 11 

CYOGnieaitOn WOOF bites Bees uk 8 hake eee etna WA 

Missionary*Sotiety,! Domestic tandaroreignis, 4. fe baa. se os eee ates 161 

| Mode. of:presentinglay Byshopetorm trial. Rise tee ee ey. st. orien. s a8 91 

Securing an accurate view of the state of the Church....... 142 

| Modification. or. remission.ob gudicial\ sentences... ..:22. ete. wees 124 

Music: of« the Chutthancsacedeasie oo 55h teeta ere ee nee. tes ee 133 

National Council, Howeonstituted iia) oieiat mate. abrenue tc. One 163 

Execntive., Departmersitswotd aries, 22) eee ee 165 

Méetings “and. Quorimeriey.. ta. area eee? 166 

POWEFS OF cat's hs na sew vale cee een: te 164 

President. Of (4..5.: esate See ee Me. eek ee 163 

IREDOTES  LOe the i CUGLCD ce bike ia eee es eee 168 

POETS 03 t CLUE gs «case aati ae seta to eee eet Be eh Gol 163 

DALAT Cae. Coe siceicaaecs asks elementals seek cei aoe. aera 166 

MaCanicies: HOW. THe)”. Gr. made meee GU) ga 163 

New Ganons. time or takine erect. >a 2.6 ta see ener et Ae 170 

New Dioceses, AANitssionw Of >. : vaummenth avons: - ouside. ate 9 

Assurance of support of Episcopate in.......0.....00- 11 

C Ousiituiionsiand COMONSEAY vals. tae ante Ase) $4.05 ico neo 10 

Limit of Presbyters, and; Parishes: 11 oni biel seater Me. Pe. « 11 

ING WELD IOCESCS 46 cick iomilcunts- aeds Van verted bumkicsianty kien Meebo Sos. e 150 

| Neu. Parisng within limits “Of existing: Parish siissl: da. Sevtneitae Soo sense 152 
Offence, Minister in any Diocese or Missionary District chargeable 

| Within MANOTHer aren eh eee ee ee ae et een eee een fe! 116 

Offences for which Bishops, Priests or Deacons may be tried........ 89 

| Offerings and altiis. FOC tne DOOM ar. 2. eeu ca ae eke aes dee 2 76 

Ofnciate, “whatpindltded ‘tinder: tern. 41 2... ee aa ees 77 
Officiating in any Congregation of this Church, persons not Minis- 

TELS, LCL CO! Mata sak) coarctation ees 81 

OQEderS ORO DIO COSe SOULE DY ee a bees ae wel ne ata ili aghast 5 

CPN AMON TCOULES (TOT ene, cals thn Rak ae ee EE tae ete se ae 12 

Ordination, Seneral, provisions TespeCuity wt haat ee oes ee ae 46 

BYU OUseCralign Ol sisSh0US.<.ka tee eee eee 54 

of Deacons, aude rests im specialacases’, wks 7.4 es ae 50 

LO tier iiCOi AG un ee a ae ee i te ecg 27 38 

EPIESUIDOGE tect a secure net ES ast k tack, a cane eee Oe 42 

Be” held -at) Eimeria seasick 48 - 

Gadiiatig6ng SLisisor cat cea tee ote no wee Ee ie ee ere ee a 138 

Oxbpafization Of UELOUS@ On LCi ites ate oe) ak ke, ae a 134 

| Orcanizatone of MAISStOnOrY LIISTTICLS voc oc esas os orld. cette Ce ee 12 

Parish: Boundaries. aa$. 27 ti ac ee ahi See hae eh’ ee Sea eecevetnnes ” ge wen ae 

Parisli~ Register? (fag fe eter ees renee cs RETRO RARER OR eee ee ee 77 

Vestries—(See Wardens and Vestrymen).................... Toy 

Parishes: and “Congregations <f7es oc scees elon tie cs cere et cr eae 152 

Parochial *Gure denned e272 «222s; Pe. Meee el eto or ce le tcss 1h) 

Reporte Teouired oer. ee oe Le tia re eee ee cence eee ele 142 

Pastoral Tettera pei. ent o. eas ees Ae ee ee cece eeepc hgh 76 

Relation: dissolution” Or 822) 265) 79, Sere ee er 126 


178 








IN DEXANTOVLBEVGCON STITEG. TION “AN DVCANONS: 
Bensiot: jas Missionary. ~ Bishop..w heh ee ee eee ose ak tees Bees 72 
Persons refused ordination in any Diocese not to be afterwards 

transferred thereto without consent of the Bishop.............. 80 
Presbyter—See Minister; Priest; Rector. 
NEES TELE RM leg deat EE ee og DR i gh ie Oy cts bel ae he Sn 17, 19, 34 
Prayer Book—See Book of Common Prayer. 
Presbyter, abandonment of the Communion of this Church‘by........ 120 
LOULTS TOLTMPOVIEWAUL SUIGeTIIAITOLT Oe . Vice rae ocr. ke cee 108 | 
Peesenun esa) Mishoperoees iar MOUe ise is Oe ee ete ee cet eed 93 | 
Presentment, time within which,’ must be made...................... 90 | 
President; of house tr Dehuticss caine ete oak ee eee, POEs a 135 
RCesicent OL cuiicwN attOlid! MUNUINCl le ere eer ay oes wea ce eens oa ks 162 
May change place of meeting of General Conven- 
BOI te eas ie ts ae ae oe oes ee wieiae ee ETN Cx Bie 


Must assent to erection of vacant Missionary Dis- 


ident of | 
PESOS © DISNOD, VLLECHION NDT Soe ee ene Poe be Oe en wake 3 
trict into a Diocese before proceedings are 


LERENT CERO NMEA OU eo eee ce ee a eee ie 
meswnaion or’ atsability Yop a. VP. Ce 4 
Senior Bishop in order of consecration, to be..... 4 

Presiding - bishops atsability: Of SPN Ae oe Cea, O08 JOP. OO tz 
Duties de abandonment of communion of this 

Church bya" Bishopv ieee... 20. 119 

de Congregations in foreign lands.......... 154 

oe Gonsecrationvon:) Bishops. 26)... 58, 59 

de Disability of the Bishop of a Diocese...150 

de Presentment, trial, of a Bishop......... 93 

de Resignation “ora Bishop. , #3 Peer 71 

May assign jurisdiction in foreign lands........... 154 


Call special meetings of House of Bishops.120, 137 
Fill vacancy in office of Custodian of Stand- 


aruroooKk. of Common Prayer... ..i.s.sss<- 132 
Missionary Bishops to report annually to.......... 73 
President of The Domestic and Foreign Mission- 

BEE CSCIC OL et ent te ag ee re ae ean cies tis tod 161 
Other Or Wmice ete es ULDeNG Dae nal oho aie kine 68 
be. nif vacancy an otieesOte Recorder 26 tons «ichvaees 140 

RCOISILAL UGE sek sien 138 
Connection with President of 
House of Deputies in office 





of Treasurer of General Con- 


VORUIOL Wal) dnt c feb Damas 6 045s 140 

Issue summons for ‘special meetings of General 
ESTED pate) 5 SPRL Ie CRS OA AT Aly Ae RCE eR Ae ee 137 

When Charge of a Missionary District devolves 
BOON Cre, eae or ae ahsln Who ao sig eae sein © waiginn ite 62 

Priest—See Minister; Presbyter; Rector. 

Beresthond. ordination) tothe... . <a. «> cee cae hs os ve Se eo 29, 42 
Primary aconventions Of. new. Dioceses... <weushs athlete Va eee ee ee baie 150 
revtatn cot NahOnal COUNCIL ios ey ee nes seas mame ee ee ee 164 
BOC IE Ben abe otra ence tor ee bilo I. AAEM DAS. a Senn o2 12 
Pere vinCes. DOW CONStIL EC Cum mBENEY «cock cis be cn a Fa awcr vec ces beens 145 
POWERS COT on ob adie) te Gd ake bub Girnee DRED are ee 148 








Tai eG nh ERNE ONT 
| IN DEX) T.0 VEAE 4GQON ST LT OLE LOIN WAN DACANION SS * 














Provincial ,Courts. of Reviews c.2e- 4). 2.6 cee uae ees cies ere 108 
SYTOU IT bs tones < nmccuabils + kis Rak MRA ey ouilot Reena Lens 147 
Representation’ jira sce ae bartatae cia earians et euierye waa 5 147 
CQuorumvofiliause OfaBisinp sis xe Or eee ae eee ols oes auth eaeeee 3 
: Lseputicehrmar. Aer es ace ee nae ponte s a 
Quorum of Standing Committee and other bodies..................4. 149 
Recorder of Generale Conventions : tkiiee . \ieaeem eee oe 3a ts eeeaane sy 139 
Rector: (See. Minister) ,election Of. ss stapaleh-. ses Halevi <b eaelae 74 
Notice of election of, to be sent to Ecclesiastical Authority.. 74 
POWETS: Oly doscekel Foire ait Lee ie FUELS eee ce a eee: Sea 75 
Resignation otc. schande: a: anes omaha Gade as» cicv gewite so 04 126 
Right of, tonpresiae abimectings: Olu. V CSIEV . fie ss wetiecine ce ie 
Register ot abaptisms to. becKepicd wits ses Umeheasvuihiee > ses ss ass tees oe 77 
| Registrar, oLiGeneral ~Conventione 0). 0: otic. sae ve oe ee eee 137 
| Regulations respecting .the Laity... cs tiees ctu ot et et te wn es yee og 129 
| Religions: Communities ¢ ne au ean rty m+ donb igaie tee ss ste oe eae 85 
Remission or modification of judicial sentences..................000- 124 
Renunciation.» of «the eM IDIStry.. «.s.0«,s.0.0.5.+.+. bun ceaetitoane a fen peakid s chaueeean 118 
Repeal, enactment, and amendment of Canons..............-...00-- 169 
Repealed: Canon, anosre-enactmentatiicreby...-. 2. ae eases sien n es so as 169 
Report, Annual, Ministers to make, to Bishop...................-+5- 142 
Missionary Bishops to make, to Presiding Bishop.... 73 
Repulsion.from, the: Holy{ Communion. 20). 25.2 s eee cee seen e sees 130 
Resignation OF AGUB SHOP pages « avicsea en eN d+ ter woe sora ese ne sees ae 8 8 
Resignations ofa Bishop? sasceen, ote hee. Geert ween a: 71 
Retrocession of territorial juriSdtcttOn. 0... .0ecserccceesecce cece neees 12 
Fewer; (Courtno yoked. ir kes grate Narn wie aka hey Uae apenas eles es os 13 
Review, Court for, of the Trial of a Bishop..........-.....0.--e+- 103 
Presbyter or Deacon ........<- 108 

Revised Version of the Holy Scriptures authorized to be read in 
Ghufchwctscin. dees patel ts sable © ep- aaa es seo soe ee se ce 130 
Sacraments.” when, noteto7 be srerusea:, prec ee ot eu eles 128, 130 
Secretaries of Diocesan Convention, duties of....... 74, 127, 136, 139, 142 
Sécretarvir Ory Honse Or Uisuopse cares oe ce eee eee See U et eee tse oe eee 138 
Deputies..... 54, 55, 116, 134, 136, 138, 154, 164 
Sentence BishO pa toe Py OROUNCER tat 2a 44 Wa oe ss Uo ee ee eee ae ad Oe Ses 14 
Senter Ces Pree ce ce ee Ere rs eer elie rete ane AM Pet Ne Oana, VLE 122,323 
Remission -or moditication or judietalits \.44.5. 695552522 ox 124 

Service, authorization of Special Forms of, for Congregations wor- 
Shippiicey ity Lioreion “langitavesss un tees es aera tees tere a ee 132 
SOLEMMMIZATION POL lace inion te ea ae oe oe ee eee ete Cee ee ee at tas 127 
| Special Forms of Worship ....... Ra Ae 8 PI Behe ens eo ka 15 
Meetings of General Contention. tacos: « « weet Una ss verte 6 
Deputies a theretos: civciesuc wcities oa Oot one ie 136 
Howracalled sega kek aes tee ae a ae wile wet 137 
Standard sible wien anc an sie be wh sok Ue Re, OO Re «tele Pee oem 130 
book vot.Gommion (Pray erack wcneto acne stat lateatarers «ate 130 
Custodian Vor eter. 22 ee. Fea 132 
FPON Gs COMME ECE char stn nda dosnt & Wise to betes /al ligtatale aaa Ste OAT PORE s «a we aes 8 


180 


Standing Committees—See Ecclesiastical Authority—19, 26, 27, 38, 
41, 44, 46, 47, 54-57,.59, 62, 64, 89, 110, 149 


State of the Church, mode of securing an accurate view of.......... 142 
Suffragan Bishops to have seat but no vote in House of Bishops..... 7 
mliiragal (pishopsneoipe assistant O27 tie) GiShOps.. 6 ll. lk oe eek . 63 
Re ISTO MIE CCITT a dan ad sek one slp oom 2 64 
Eligible as Bishop or Bishop Coadijutor............ 63 
TID URE LECLOC en ee teilelses catcs G koa d  o.aid Aven echie 62 
Mice OTe WLiat tC Wou ll a IUCESE. cas ace eds ae 63 
A CSIC RET Mes AIINOE er Eee rete cl leas Sigg ko dk em doh MRE Bie 63 
aia SyaHenCelCOra 10H pis Din ahem eel os ek ole a skis baeidine nc BS 
DOESDO SEL ELC ATI TAY SE MSLCW CEMVENE OTM ere iss Ak Luh So cy USE oy sd ke weed head 14 
DA CIesa Tt LESSORS PUT MIMIEN CUI te iishos Vie ta Se 5 4a. breo we Re oe b bleed 15 
Testimonial, Letters—See Letters Testimonial. 

Percaeeery efi@ Wok Alsat a MTA TEC tees clas oct AEN Glace tu) ass ud gis wide ae bP ie 170 
GRP a Lat eet Nte «Wala. see iyi APs uhen ae vnie elas vb oie ba eh 170 
Within ~which presentment must be made..........0-s....0-605 90 
Ginga gah ewe WES Teal bits ule Aiton gh eT oie BERS ea di Soe eS Ak ee RDS 15, 16 
LATAECT SEiLir at CACY Ete eer ease, de wie aie ctx Aes ace Ot or a Sols MS hs 81 
erariSlatiine ceed SIGe EN OLeoe Nee Ae ite wel ee Usias hk idiots valaa oa aoe be 130 
PT eASUTET (iis LseNer al ON WENO cGy i: op hae wichh cee es 116, 136, 138, 140 

BRU ati hd) Sarce CSP STURN Lease rae Mirena mae elie cs OR We RL CO EAT, tee be eas, ae 
OLIGTA LOL) tity cine eae ee Phe ee ties at 0 cag ethaw o Ve a « 91 
GULEV TOTMTE PROVIEW. Cis cis Wie ae poles eso ee ial o's 103 
LEaCOt COUPESMIO LAT OUIC WED sak sc alice eee ke eke VE eg 108 
PRespetern WOULtS TO rerevie WR Ola cutee lice e ky pet ceelstlw es 108 

Offences for which Bishops, Priests or Deacons may be pre- 
STI CLl See ie eC Ate cee Celta War te Ay cowie SMT Y Bea Cod dale 89 


Trustees—See Churchwardens. 


een PCIe UEP PATA eS, Bey reese wie orginal ter a gh ie wie GAN A el taas 74 
RUIGCESGS Meena et Ripe Uh eth on men emis eho ky wins weg saberaeyee 70 
Vestries and Vestrymen o.oo. sca ee 20, 39, 43, 68, 74, 76, 78, 126, ye 
Visit, Bishop to, each Church every three VEATS Oia are ea salen 
Vote by REPS SS ACA Cini oth Apa) BO RRRIT ag rie ete aN 0 EN ar pC °. 
Wardens—See Churchwardens. 
NV OPSiO CONtTO) nOar itl Parish s Vested an FR ECtOLy oy sa ee ba eee moi « 75 
eR VEDIO OPM SLOT erie eh ao Ate as one els Arad esa een ko ie 


IN OA ne OON ST LEU T LON AND CANONS: 


181 
















ce y ‘7 ri : _ igs a | > Pain 
i i era ve ole ea Tate al 
; a ; e Vinee y 
4 cae | Le i ¢ hy 
Wy CU ee ee 
Ae eae a Lk ere 
fe) S| se iy a y . \ aya 
1 ; ' ng Ry a) ‘ s he ALT te 
. " i ‘ ate Minty aigiaaas 
Al , ile cay ‘B 7) j 
vey i‘ i) du a) ’ 
1 H H vi he, ~~ aa i 
a f { AC i oe ae bit 7. 
| 3 ii or * oh ‘ 


oe eu ova K sare manent oe — ar 
"1 Seedpraienence trier a is a ry ve 


: | , Nas if at YY a 

iC yi Ped A ‘Ott oA m eS 

; : : ' " af ‘ if i¥ oy ce@ut an ? ’ ook yf as 

Me : yah ew AN Pharethie wipe 

ie ! td 9 a , ule ieee ie 
{ » yan of A) veld aT bs uf i es epi ae) * 

hs : eT | Perit ay rei hou vs - SiN 


eet ear } 
mi dd & 
i Sar 















































' Ve Vee roe, oe Hite Chonan f Fi : se, : i ee, | 
Raise ot ee ee eae se hehe a ie Raab yomtees Uhh 
Lin!) Ree Ret 1 an x an re d meg We je conan bitin 9b hee ain 
ia LAT ae nahi Lge hick? has H., 1 Ps soe Paamal | Save 
Pree Oe Oe itp he SDS TW ehigey Suny( way te 7 ce “Gla NA payin ot _" eben " 
Mohan ah \ TD obeabad le ‘ db dape 
7) r ” a we y gh en da aah ea eae wags Ms ares st Oy aye art 
Pa. yey, pope Winey” ‘ES a ey igs (yy aah wath Ny as a Matera , 
‘HE le j Ave 0° ele Aad 0 . ae A 
tris a 4 . i 4 ' ve ly \ A — . of i he 4 ue ern seth 1 ae" oa yp: nl at 
Pa ‘ ry - " A bs i eS Lr <n ‘ 1% py ’ + — A, 
eCET EERO TO AER haa eritevend Pee BD edt ®t aT pied, tabiss unheT 
x is ”? f ‘ ‘ at ‘ Seis thy That 'e'w ay ‘ yi ls, Ba wo erry nur nti wre was f Va, bouk f 
‘ “ ! ‘ Tn UY J y » he aw { 
: Dee 4 TAR G) it SPS eet : Wh oy tee byw uy iiead ih s “te Fat ae f 
TP ie eis sd A Pw eee +S SoD a ij wat i 5 7 Tul. Yaw 
F ae ‘ou teow pitertiner Abia reeds preheat ines WD pte * Mahal ry siti NS | a 
pou . hy \ re m A i spe yet ay stay 05.9 Tee | CEES vr ie aay ai wee ae 
1 7 | vq “Wa qryus : ’ tindelo \e ; ale fag r . ie ae 4 a 4 ; 
. ’ if { Nit i ai ine its Nia a, 7 vA ‘ aye aaa fo ay ms & % re dim eye) o Pi 
; ty vi mre ‘i in’? bie » . i AL At bd | cP a5 twid! BAecs ‘ sielst i ~ (ly Xe : Ms NDE 3 wttrr 'f “ib : 
, Aa : ‘eo ce a ‘ ‘ + am 13" _ : ‘ 
hat * o* : A + a4 ies wry ; 4 : a } fot? f* a Mid tea “% ‘fag! > | ae \ a 
ee eh et SELES! | Ty PARANA RNR Ae (ie AONE 63 w Wats t 
' ? Ove bp AY Paes Bi) Pia} el ey de " - is on 
o wer ry AALS yi ” vy Cae Hv t tahe res ae ; a! 
} Uae See eee Wie ented oe» i 
Wy welt: i Pagar’ i) Aa% f Pi ts. ‘, dive y ~) ete. Wye PRAKY p ad a S a 7 4 
ls re lee 4 ae . o4h8 & an eee ay ye 
. ae a OAR AEN, PETIT | kde iM SL Sinn a 
y= y jeX ies © ae 9% raat - aaa" a f 
presi oy bern Nadal Ni anteee bite: ahi 
oF ® 4 eae go ia 
ARAL Peck “ weal tik: CMa iy evstederth) at! v ou | Bint inti mY 4 a, 
\ ; ‘ n tay ARP ihe me av sah zt : vie’) ’ y . 7 7 OC fa i3 i 
Wier, CAG) OF iy hee ae nak eter tak ply awies RATIOS + <9 +» r 


wee) billie. ’ er J f _ i. 
PAI, COURS, PA OF te eae ee 4 30 antabredy ie at} b4te~-eneyin 7 


} CF 4 a eh , A ss i: ya ‘, ee aed eit See : 
1% . - vee + te Vie, Ae ph ¥r 

FOE care NN A a ed A al ad aah pockta gebiit seen ec 
7 .¥ - S ¥ we 6 Use ue ee eS sev is - Bod. bi 4 , 
; Pus = io Te Sp wii tvh oak dd ie Ste uu see ») he hides s jd P ’ f *% iene 4 aren) “A La 


\Peniea an , RNS fe 


ble he a 7 . o : : ‘ “ 
y Pi 1 Ny | . isd rs) iM a i. an rt fal CS ov a4 * iid fae y Nh rie ape if e rn sis howd . eo 
Aes } nes ‘ Wr Had “J suey us We ro: are ‘ : 
Me venti righ. Pras te + Lie beh aaly “h oa bert ay 


*) otaddy ond ; ‘ { ne \ ) ma er 
TA oo Me i Dh Sart ¥ er gees wy <td i “a ed 


worep me ign a! ne » nas +2 Rishi rap bya wet 

rad ah Mate Hee Py Merc Rhee 
oy mit wee, ait UT) ae a iancdaander bes PR. Ite toe ine 4 4 

j rf ‘ rein ae ee *« NaS *? aidan vane “sit oe ‘aon . ie? mee ee 
me We Utes Ee aaa Honors o urd iia 

; 11 ea ian weil Hehe wat . be best 


7 , i 4 
7 : \ mp P wilt ‘i i Stet ais 92 


ibe 4 Se nga ‘ a Pea + 









Swesie?. Parpee) 
Ve 7, NO rere 


SP VLU 






yl 





ies La 


Se - 


. 
i i 4 } t 
Us ' : 





Princeton Theological Seminary-Speer Library 








elated et ee 


% LS Se pee, eer se pm 3 ade Tne, . 


feed ay as HL winee pes eee S> oe ae 


Wt ae mee ee ree 


re enainsnwions Se ee me Oo ee ore 
Se wee ae 


NN ee Fee ee ee 


NO OR we ee ey wr ae ae é Ppa alesis eS doe 


ee ae 


os 


0 ey lee Ow ors 


tet se Sn, eeceegniny ye jee veasnee os 
VEO OY Hes esse ig sng ej teen ob herman! 
ye fe Oe miei ty ener 


a me 
2m ey Oey pe ete et 


FoF sie epg ne om ivy ene! gee om 


FA CO tL Ee fale aioe ge ome, 
1 a wee ae etme pm gee : 


Or er em, oe 


near me Reset ee See re ee we ee 
ey SE pene - 


SE OO ene Ae Or mee Rin ee nn 
TEN ee a a nce ete ee 


: me ee ee re ee 


NE Om Se en Fae a ange oe 2 n anravaiet sliecicr = ine madera 


7m ws me ee saben saosin in 


Sata algigiaheieiiisict ; : iaimeon nce 
clewlintf eraens lor Wiad arse ante =e 


ia cn me ae, 
pliibeleitete te ete ee 

Oar me Se tee ey, omy we vw ae we) mee 

HO ve ae mtg 





ee Re ee 
* ka paso renee ty 


